*** empty log message ***
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / doc / gdbint.texinfo
CommitLineData
9742079a 1\input texinfo @c -*- texinfo -*-
c906108c 2@setfilename gdbint.info
25822942 3@include gdb-cfg.texi
03727ca6 4@dircategory Software development
e9c75b65 5@direntry
c906108c 6* Gdb-Internals: (gdbint). The GNU debugger's internals.
e9c75b65 7@end direntry
c906108c 8
a67ec3f4
JM
9@copying
10Copyright @copyright{} 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1996, 1998, 1999,
112000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2008, 2009
12Free Software Foundation, Inc.
c906108c
SS
13Contributed by Cygnus Solutions. Written by John Gilmore.
14Second Edition by Stan Shebs.
15
e9c75b65
EZ
16Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
17under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
2a6585f0 18any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
e5249f67
AC
19Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
20Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
21Free Documentation License''.
a67ec3f4
JM
22@end copying
23
24@ifnottex
25This file documents the internals of the GNU debugger @value{GDBN}.
26
27@insertcopying
28@end ifnottex
c906108c
SS
29
30@setchapternewpage off
25822942 31@settitle @value{GDBN} Internals
c906108c 32
56caf160
EZ
33@syncodeindex fn cp
34@syncodeindex vr cp
35
c906108c 36@titlepage
25822942 37@title @value{GDBN} Internals
c906108c
SS
38@subtitle{A guide to the internals of the GNU debugger}
39@author John Gilmore
40@author Cygnus Solutions
41@author Second Edition:
42@author Stan Shebs
43@author Cygnus Solutions
44@page
45@tex
46\def\$#1${{#1}} % Kluge: collect RCS revision info without $...$
47\xdef\manvers{\$Revision$} % For use in headers, footers too
48{\parskip=0pt
49\hfill Cygnus Solutions\par
50\hfill \manvers\par
51\hfill \TeX{}info \texinfoversion\par
52}
53@end tex
54
55@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
a67ec3f4 56@insertcopying
c906108c
SS
57@end titlepage
58
449f3b6c 59@contents
449f3b6c 60
c906108c
SS
61@node Top
62@c Perhaps this should be the title of the document (but only for info,
63@c not for TeX). Existing GNU manuals seem inconsistent on this point.
64@top Scope of this Document
65
25822942
DB
66This document documents the internals of the GNU debugger, @value{GDBN}. It
67includes description of @value{GDBN}'s key algorithms and operations, as well
68as the mechanisms that adapt @value{GDBN} to specific hosts and targets.
c906108c
SS
69
70@menu
587afa38 71* Summary::
c906108c
SS
72* Overall Structure::
73* Algorithms::
74* User Interface::
89437448 75* libgdb::
5f5233d4 76* Values::
669fac23 77* Stack Frames::
c906108c
SS
78* Symbol Handling::
79* Language Support::
80* Host Definition::
81* Target Architecture Definition::
123dc839 82* Target Descriptions::
c906108c
SS
83* Target Vector Definition::
84* Native Debugging::
85* Support Libraries::
86* Coding::
87* Porting GDB::
d52fe014 88* Versions and Branches::
55f6ca0f 89* Start of New Year Procedure::
8973da3a 90* Releasing GDB::
085dd6e6 91* Testsuite::
c906108c 92* Hints::
aab4e0ec 93
bcd7e15f 94* GDB Observers:: @value{GDBN} Currently available observers
aab4e0ec 95* GNU Free Documentation License:: The license for this documentation
56caf160 96* Index::
c906108c
SS
97@end menu
98
587afa38
EZ
99@node Summary
100@chapter Summary
101
102@menu
103* Requirements::
104* Contributors::
105@end menu
c906108c 106
587afa38
EZ
107@node Requirements
108@section Requirements
56caf160 109@cindex requirements for @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
110
111Before diving into the internals, you should understand the formal
56caf160
EZ
112requirements and other expectations for @value{GDBN}. Although some
113of these may seem obvious, there have been proposals for @value{GDBN}
114that have run counter to these requirements.
c906108c 115
56caf160
EZ
116First of all, @value{GDBN} is a debugger. It's not designed to be a
117front panel for embedded systems. It's not a text editor. It's not a
118shell. It's not a programming environment.
c906108c 119
56caf160
EZ
120@value{GDBN} is an interactive tool. Although a batch mode is
121available, @value{GDBN}'s primary role is to interact with a human
122programmer.
c906108c 123
56caf160
EZ
124@value{GDBN} should be responsive to the user. A programmer hot on
125the trail of a nasty bug, and operating under a looming deadline, is
126going to be very impatient of everything, including the response time
127to debugger commands.
c906108c 128
56caf160
EZ
129@value{GDBN} should be relatively permissive, such as for expressions.
130While the compiler should be picky (or have the option to be made
be9c6c35 131picky), since source code lives for a long time usually, the
56caf160
EZ
132programmer doing debugging shouldn't be spending time figuring out to
133mollify the debugger.
c906108c 134
56caf160
EZ
135@value{GDBN} will be called upon to deal with really large programs.
136Executable sizes of 50 to 100 megabytes occur regularly, and we've
137heard reports of programs approaching 1 gigabyte in size.
c906108c 138
56caf160
EZ
139@value{GDBN} should be able to run everywhere. No other debugger is
140available for even half as many configurations as @value{GDBN}
141supports.
c906108c 142
587afa38
EZ
143@node Contributors
144@section Contributors
145
146The first edition of this document was written by John Gilmore of
147Cygnus Solutions. The current second edition was written by Stan Shebs
148of Cygnus Solutions, who continues to update the manual.
149
150Over the years, many others have made additions and changes to this
151document. This section attempts to record the significant contributors
152to that effort. One of the virtues of free software is that everyone
153is free to contribute to it; with regret, we cannot actually
154acknowledge everyone here.
155
156@quotation
157@emph{Plea:} This section has only been added relatively recently (four
158years after publication of the second edition). Additions to this
159section are particularly welcome. If you or your friends (or enemies,
160to be evenhanded) have been unfairly omitted from this list, we would
161like to add your names!
162@end quotation
163
164A document such as this relies on being kept up to date by numerous
165small updates by contributing engineers as they make changes to the
166code base. The file @file{ChangeLog} in the @value{GDBN} distribution
167approximates a blow-by-blow account. The most prolific contributors to
168this important, but low profile task are Andrew Cagney (responsible
169for over half the entries), Daniel Jacobowitz, Mark Kettenis, Jim
170Blandy and Eli Zaretskii.
171
172Eli Zaretskii and Daniel Jacobowitz wrote the sections documenting
173watchpoints.
174
175Jeremy Bennett updated the sections on initializing a new architecture
176and register representation, and added the section on Frame Interpretation.
177
c906108c
SS
178
179@node Overall Structure
180
181@chapter Overall Structure
182
56caf160
EZ
183@value{GDBN} consists of three major subsystems: user interface,
184symbol handling (the @dfn{symbol side}), and target system handling (the
185@dfn{target side}).
c906108c 186
2e685b93 187The user interface consists of several actual interfaces, plus
c906108c
SS
188supporting code.
189
190The symbol side consists of object file readers, debugging info
191interpreters, symbol table management, source language expression
192parsing, type and value printing.
193
194The target side consists of execution control, stack frame analysis, and
195physical target manipulation.
196
197The target side/symbol side division is not formal, and there are a
198number of exceptions. For instance, core file support involves symbolic
199elements (the basic core file reader is in BFD) and target elements (it
200supplies the contents of memory and the values of registers). Instead,
201this division is useful for understanding how the minor subsystems
202should fit together.
203
204@section The Symbol Side
205
56caf160
EZ
206The symbolic side of @value{GDBN} can be thought of as ``everything
207you can do in @value{GDBN} without having a live program running''.
208For instance, you can look at the types of variables, and evaluate
209many kinds of expressions.
c906108c
SS
210
211@section The Target Side
212
56caf160
EZ
213The target side of @value{GDBN} is the ``bits and bytes manipulator''.
214Although it may make reference to symbolic info here and there, most
215of the target side will run with only a stripped executable
216available---or even no executable at all, in remote debugging cases.
c906108c
SS
217
218Operations such as disassembly, stack frame crawls, and register
219display, are able to work with no symbolic info at all. In some cases,
25822942 220such as disassembly, @value{GDBN} will use symbolic info to present addresses
c906108c
SS
221relative to symbols rather than as raw numbers, but it will work either
222way.
223
224@section Configurations
225
56caf160
EZ
226@cindex host
227@cindex target
25822942 228@dfn{Host} refers to attributes of the system where @value{GDBN} runs.
c906108c
SS
229@dfn{Target} refers to the system where the program being debugged
230executes. In most cases they are the same machine, in which case a
231third type of @dfn{Native} attributes come into play.
232
1f70da6a
SS
233Defines and include files needed to build on the host are host
234support. Examples are tty support, system defined types, host byte
235order, host float format. These are all calculated by @code{autoconf}
236when the debugger is built.
c906108c
SS
237
238Defines and information needed to handle the target format are target
239dependent. Examples are the stack frame format, instruction set,
240breakpoint instruction, registers, and how to set up and tear down the stack
241to call a function.
242
243Information that is only needed when the host and target are the same,
244is native dependent. One example is Unix child process support; if the
1f70da6a 245host and target are not the same, calling @code{fork} to start the target
c906108c
SS
246process is a bad idea. The various macros needed for finding the
247registers in the @code{upage}, running @code{ptrace}, and such are all
248in the native-dependent files.
249
250Another example of native-dependent code is support for features that
251are really part of the target environment, but which require
252@code{#include} files that are only available on the host system. Core
253file handling and @code{setjmp} handling are two common cases.
254
1f70da6a
SS
255When you want to make @value{GDBN} work as the traditional native debugger
256on a system, you will need to supply both target and native information.
c906108c 257
25ab7e6d
EZ
258@section Source Tree Structure
259@cindex @value{GDBN} source tree structure
260
261The @value{GDBN} source directory has a mostly flat structure---there
262are only a few subdirectories. A file's name usually gives a hint as
263to what it does; for example, @file{stabsread.c} reads stabs,
7ce59000 264@file{dwarf2read.c} reads @sc{DWARF 2}, etc.
25ab7e6d
EZ
265
266Files that are related to some common task have names that share
267common substrings. For example, @file{*-thread.c} files deal with
268debugging threads on various platforms; @file{*read.c} files deal with
269reading various kinds of symbol and object files; @file{inf*.c} files
270deal with direct control of the @dfn{inferior program} (@value{GDBN}
271parlance for the program being debugged).
272
273There are several dozens of files in the @file{*-tdep.c} family.
274@samp{tdep} stands for @dfn{target-dependent code}---each of these
275files implements debug support for a specific target architecture
276(sparc, mips, etc). Usually, only one of these will be used in a
277specific @value{GDBN} configuration (sometimes two, closely related).
278
279Similarly, there are many @file{*-nat.c} files, each one for native
280debugging on a specific system (e.g., @file{sparc-linux-nat.c} is for
281native debugging of Sparc machines running the Linux kernel).
282
283The few subdirectories of the source tree are:
284
285@table @file
286@item cli
287Code that implements @dfn{CLI}, the @value{GDBN} Command-Line
288Interpreter. @xref{User Interface, Command Interpreter}.
289
290@item gdbserver
291Code for the @value{GDBN} remote server.
292
293@item gdbtk
294Code for Insight, the @value{GDBN} TK-based GUI front-end.
295
296@item mi
297The @dfn{GDB/MI}, the @value{GDBN} Machine Interface interpreter.
298
299@item signals
300Target signal translation code.
301
302@item tui
303Code for @dfn{TUI}, the @value{GDBN} Text-mode full-screen User
304Interface. @xref{User Interface, TUI}.
305@end table
c906108c
SS
306
307@node Algorithms
308
309@chapter Algorithms
56caf160 310@cindex algorithms
c906108c 311
56caf160
EZ
312@value{GDBN} uses a number of debugging-specific algorithms. They are
313often not very complicated, but get lost in the thicket of special
314cases and real-world issues. This chapter describes the basic
315algorithms and mentions some of the specific target definitions that
316they use.
c906108c 317
7d30c22d
JB
318@section Prologue Analysis
319
320@cindex prologue analysis
321@cindex call frame information
322@cindex CFI (call frame information)
323To produce a backtrace and allow the user to manipulate older frames'
324variables and arguments, @value{GDBN} needs to find the base addresses
325of older frames, and discover where those frames' registers have been
326saved. Since a frame's ``callee-saves'' registers get saved by
327younger frames if and when they're reused, a frame's registers may be
328scattered unpredictably across younger frames. This means that
329changing the value of a register-allocated variable in an older frame
330may actually entail writing to a save slot in some younger frame.
331
332Modern versions of GCC emit Dwarf call frame information (``CFI''),
333which describes how to find frame base addresses and saved registers.
334But CFI is not always available, so as a fallback @value{GDBN} uses a
335technique called @dfn{prologue analysis} to find frame sizes and saved
336registers. A prologue analyzer disassembles the function's machine
337code starting from its entry point, and looks for instructions that
338allocate frame space, save the stack pointer in a frame pointer
339register, save registers, and so on. Obviously, this can't be done
b247355e 340accurately in general, but it's tractable to do well enough to be very
7d30c22d
JB
341helpful. Prologue analysis predates the GNU toolchain's support for
342CFI; at one time, prologue analysis was the only mechanism
343@value{GDBN} used for stack unwinding at all, when the function
344calling conventions didn't specify a fixed frame layout.
345
346In the olden days, function prologues were generated by hand-written,
347target-specific code in GCC, and treated as opaque and untouchable by
348optimizers. Looking at this code, it was usually straightforward to
349write a prologue analyzer for @value{GDBN} that would accurately
350understand all the prologues GCC would generate. However, over time
351GCC became more aggressive about instruction scheduling, and began to
352understand more about the semantics of the prologue instructions
353themselves; in response, @value{GDBN}'s analyzers became more complex
354and fragile. Keeping the prologue analyzers working as GCC (and the
355instruction sets themselves) evolved became a substantial task.
356
357@cindex @file{prologue-value.c}
358@cindex abstract interpretation of function prologues
359@cindex pseudo-evaluation of function prologues
360To try to address this problem, the code in @file{prologue-value.h}
361and @file{prologue-value.c} provides a general framework for writing
362prologue analyzers that are simpler and more robust than ad-hoc
363analyzers. When we analyze a prologue using the prologue-value
364framework, we're really doing ``abstract interpretation'' or
365``pseudo-evaluation'': running the function's code in simulation, but
366using conservative approximations of the values registers and memory
367would hold when the code actually runs. For example, if our function
368starts with the instruction:
369
370@example
371addi r1, 42 # add 42 to r1
372@end example
373@noindent
374we don't know exactly what value will be in @code{r1} after executing
375this instruction, but we do know it'll be 42 greater than its original
376value.
377
378If we then see an instruction like:
379
380@example
381addi r1, 22 # add 22 to r1
382@end example
383@noindent
384we still don't know what @code{r1's} value is, but again, we can say
385it is now 64 greater than its original value.
386
387If the next instruction were:
388
389@example
390mov r2, r1 # set r2 to r1's value
391@end example
392@noindent
393then we can say that @code{r2's} value is now the original value of
394@code{r1} plus 64.
395
396It's common for prologues to save registers on the stack, so we'll
397need to track the values of stack frame slots, as well as the
398registers. So after an instruction like this:
399
400@example
401mov (fp+4), r2
402@end example
403@noindent
404then we'd know that the stack slot four bytes above the frame pointer
405holds the original value of @code{r1} plus 64.
406
407And so on.
408
409Of course, this can only go so far before it gets unreasonable. If we
410wanted to be able to say anything about the value of @code{r1} after
411the instruction:
412
413@example
414xor r1, r3 # exclusive-or r1 and r3, place result in r1
415@end example
416@noindent
417then things would get pretty complex. But remember, we're just doing
418a conservative approximation; if exclusive-or instructions aren't
419relevant to prologues, we can just say @code{r1}'s value is now
420``unknown''. We can ignore things that are too complex, if that loss of
421information is acceptable for our application.
422
423So when we say ``conservative approximation'' here, what we mean is an
424approximation that is either accurate, or marked ``unknown'', but
425never inaccurate.
426
427Using this framework, a prologue analyzer is simply an interpreter for
428machine code, but one that uses conservative approximations for the
429contents of registers and memory instead of actual values. Starting
430from the function's entry point, you simulate instructions up to the
431current PC, or an instruction that you don't know how to simulate.
432Now you can examine the state of the registers and stack slots you've
433kept track of.
434
435@itemize @bullet
436
437@item
438To see how large your stack frame is, just check the value of the
439stack pointer register; if it's the original value of the SP
440minus a constant, then that constant is the stack frame's size.
441If the SP's value has been marked as ``unknown'', then that means
442the prologue has done something too complex for us to track, and
443we don't know the frame size.
444
445@item
446To see where we've saved the previous frame's registers, we just
447search the values we've tracked --- stack slots, usually, but
448registers, too, if you want --- for something equal to the register's
449original value. If the calling conventions suggest a standard place
450to save a given register, then we can check there first, but really,
451anything that will get us back the original value will probably work.
452@end itemize
453
454This does take some work. But prologue analyzers aren't
455quick-and-simple pattern patching to recognize a few fixed prologue
456forms any more; they're big, hairy functions. Along with inferior
457function calls, prologue analysis accounts for a substantial portion
458of the time needed to stabilize a @value{GDBN} port. So it's
459worthwhile to look for an approach that will be easier to understand
460and maintain. In the approach described above:
461
462@itemize @bullet
463
464@item
465It's easier to see that the analyzer is correct: you just see
b247355e 466whether the analyzer properly (albeit conservatively) simulates
7d30c22d
JB
467the effect of each instruction.
468
469@item
470It's easier to extend the analyzer: you can add support for new
471instructions, and know that you haven't broken anything that
472wasn't already broken before.
473
474@item
475It's orthogonal: to gather new information, you don't need to
476complicate the code for each instruction. As long as your domain
477of conservative values is already detailed enough to tell you
478what you need, then all the existing instruction simulations are
479already gathering the right data for you.
480
481@end itemize
482
483The file @file{prologue-value.h} contains detailed comments explaining
484the framework and how to use it.
485
486
c906108c
SS
487@section Breakpoint Handling
488
56caf160 489@cindex breakpoints
c906108c
SS
490In general, a breakpoint is a user-designated location in the program
491where the user wants to regain control if program execution ever reaches
492that location.
493
494There are two main ways to implement breakpoints; either as ``hardware''
495breakpoints or as ``software'' breakpoints.
496
56caf160
EZ
497@cindex hardware breakpoints
498@cindex program counter
c906108c
SS
499Hardware breakpoints are sometimes available as a builtin debugging
500features with some chips. Typically these work by having dedicated
501register into which the breakpoint address may be stored. If the PC
56caf160 502(shorthand for @dfn{program counter})
c906108c 503ever matches a value in a breakpoint registers, the CPU raises an
56caf160
EZ
504exception and reports it to @value{GDBN}.
505
506Another possibility is when an emulator is in use; many emulators
507include circuitry that watches the address lines coming out from the
508processor, and force it to stop if the address matches a breakpoint's
509address.
510
511A third possibility is that the target already has the ability to do
512breakpoints somehow; for instance, a ROM monitor may do its own
513software breakpoints. So although these are not literally ``hardware
514breakpoints'', from @value{GDBN}'s point of view they work the same;
50e3ee83 515@value{GDBN} need not do anything more than set the breakpoint and wait
56caf160 516for something to happen.
c906108c
SS
517
518Since they depend on hardware resources, hardware breakpoints may be
56caf160 519limited in number; when the user asks for more, @value{GDBN} will
9742079a 520start trying to set software breakpoints. (On some architectures,
937f164b 521notably the 32-bit x86 platforms, @value{GDBN} cannot always know
9742079a
EZ
522whether there's enough hardware resources to insert all the hardware
523breakpoints and watchpoints. On those platforms, @value{GDBN} prints
524an error message only when the program being debugged is continued.)
56caf160
EZ
525
526@cindex software breakpoints
527Software breakpoints require @value{GDBN} to do somewhat more work.
528The basic theory is that @value{GDBN} will replace a program
529instruction with a trap, illegal divide, or some other instruction
530that will cause an exception, and then when it's encountered,
531@value{GDBN} will take the exception and stop the program. When the
532user says to continue, @value{GDBN} will restore the original
c906108c
SS
533instruction, single-step, re-insert the trap, and continue on.
534
535Since it literally overwrites the program being tested, the program area
be9c6c35 536must be writable, so this technique won't work on programs in ROM. It
c906108c 537can also distort the behavior of programs that examine themselves,
56caf160 538although such a situation would be highly unusual.
c906108c
SS
539
540Also, the software breakpoint instruction should be the smallest size of
541instruction, so it doesn't overwrite an instruction that might be a jump
542target, and cause disaster when the program jumps into the middle of the
543breakpoint instruction. (Strictly speaking, the breakpoint must be no
544larger than the smallest interval between instructions that may be jump
545targets; perhaps there is an architecture where only even-numbered
546instructions may jumped to.) Note that it's possible for an instruction
547set not to have any instructions usable for a software breakpoint,
548although in practice only the ARC has failed to define such an
549instruction.
550
c906108c
SS
551Basic breakpoint object handling is in @file{breakpoint.c}. However,
552much of the interesting breakpoint action is in @file{infrun.c}.
553
8181d85f
DJ
554@table @code
555@cindex insert or remove software breakpoint
556@findex target_remove_breakpoint
557@findex target_insert_breakpoint
558@item target_remove_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
559@itemx target_insert_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
560Insert or remove a software breakpoint at address
561@code{@var{bp_tgt}->placed_address}. Returns zero for success,
562non-zero for failure. On input, @var{bp_tgt} contains the address of the
563breakpoint, and is otherwise initialized to zero. The fields of the
564@code{struct bp_target_info} pointed to by @var{bp_tgt} are updated
565to contain other information about the breakpoint on output. The field
566@code{placed_address} may be updated if the breakpoint was placed at a
567related address; the field @code{shadow_contents} contains the real
568contents of the bytes where the breakpoint has been inserted,
569if reading memory would return the breakpoint instead of the
570underlying memory; the field @code{shadow_len} is the length of
571memory cached in @code{shadow_contents}, if any; and the field
572@code{placed_size} is optionally set and used by the target, if
573it could differ from @code{shadow_len}.
574
575For example, the remote target @samp{Z0} packet does not require
576shadowing memory, so @code{shadow_len} is left at zero. However,
4a9bb1df 577the length reported by @code{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc} is cached in
8181d85f
DJ
578@code{placed_size}, so that a matching @samp{z0} packet can be
579used to remove the breakpoint.
580
581@cindex insert or remove hardware breakpoint
582@findex target_remove_hw_breakpoint
583@findex target_insert_hw_breakpoint
584@item target_remove_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
585@itemx target_insert_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
586Insert or remove a hardware-assisted breakpoint at address
587@code{@var{bp_tgt}->placed_address}. Returns zero for success,
588non-zero for failure. See @code{target_insert_breakpoint} for
589a description of the @code{struct bp_target_info} pointed to by
590@var{bp_tgt}; the @code{shadow_contents} and
591@code{shadow_len} members are not used for hardware breakpoints,
592but @code{placed_size} may be.
593@end table
594
c906108c
SS
595@section Single Stepping
596
597@section Signal Handling
598
599@section Thread Handling
600
601@section Inferior Function Calls
602
603@section Longjmp Support
604
56caf160 605@cindex @code{longjmp} debugging
25822942 606@value{GDBN} has support for figuring out that the target is doing a
c906108c
SS
607@code{longjmp} and for stopping at the target of the jump, if we are
608stepping. This is done with a few specialized internal breakpoints,
56caf160
EZ
609which are visible in the output of the @samp{maint info breakpoint}
610command.
c906108c 611
4a9bb1df
UW
612@findex gdbarch_get_longjmp_target
613To make this work, you need to define a function called
1f70da6a
SS
614@code{gdbarch_get_longjmp_target}, which will examine the
615@code{jmp_buf} structure and extract the @code{longjmp} target address.
616Since @code{jmp_buf} is target specific and typically defined in a
617target header not available to @value{GDBN}, you will need to
618determine the offset of the PC manually and return that; many targets
619define a @code{jb_pc_offset} field in the tdep structure to save the
620value once calculated.
c906108c 621
9742079a
EZ
622@section Watchpoints
623@cindex watchpoints
624
625Watchpoints are a special kind of breakpoints (@pxref{Algorithms,
626breakpoints}) which break when data is accessed rather than when some
627instruction is executed. When you have data which changes without
628your knowing what code does that, watchpoints are the silver bullet to
629hunt down and kill such bugs.
630
631@cindex hardware watchpoints
632@cindex software watchpoints
633Watchpoints can be either hardware-assisted or not; the latter type is
634known as ``software watchpoints.'' @value{GDBN} always uses
635hardware-assisted watchpoints if they are available, and falls back on
636software watchpoints otherwise. Typical situations where @value{GDBN}
637will use software watchpoints are:
638
639@itemize @bullet
640@item
641The watched memory region is too large for the underlying hardware
642watchpoint support. For example, each x86 debug register can watch up
643to 4 bytes of memory, so trying to watch data structures whose size is
644more than 16 bytes will cause @value{GDBN} to use software
645watchpoints.
646
647@item
648The value of the expression to be watched depends on data held in
649registers (as opposed to memory).
650
651@item
652Too many different watchpoints requested. (On some architectures,
653this situation is impossible to detect until the debugged program is
654resumed.) Note that x86 debug registers are used both for hardware
655breakpoints and for watchpoints, so setting too many hardware
656breakpoints might cause watchpoint insertion to fail.
657
658@item
659No hardware-assisted watchpoints provided by the target
660implementation.
661@end itemize
662
663Software watchpoints are very slow, since @value{GDBN} needs to
664single-step the program being debugged and test the value of the
665watched expression(s) after each instruction. The rest of this
666section is mostly irrelevant for software watchpoints.
667
b6b8ece6
EZ
668When the inferior stops, @value{GDBN} tries to establish, among other
669possible reasons, whether it stopped due to a watchpoint being hit.
d983da9c
DJ
670It first uses @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} to see if any watchpoint
671was hit. If not, all watchpoint checking is skipped.
672
673Then @value{GDBN} calls @code{target_stopped_data_address} exactly
674once. This method returns the address of the watchpoint which
675triggered, if the target can determine it. If the triggered address
676is available, @value{GDBN} compares the address returned by this
677method with each watched memory address in each active watchpoint.
678For data-read and data-access watchpoints, @value{GDBN} announces
679every watchpoint that watches the triggered address as being hit.
680For this reason, data-read and data-access watchpoints
681@emph{require} that the triggered address be available; if not, read
682and access watchpoints will never be considered hit. For data-write
683watchpoints, if the triggered address is available, @value{GDBN}
684considers only those watchpoints which match that address;
685otherwise, @value{GDBN} considers all data-write watchpoints. For
686each data-write watchpoint that @value{GDBN} considers, it evaluates
687the expression whose value is being watched, and tests whether the
688watched value has changed. Watchpoints whose watched values have
689changed are announced as hit.
b6b8ece6 690
1f70da6a
SS
691@c FIXME move these to the main lists of target/native defns
692
9742079a
EZ
693@value{GDBN} uses several macros and primitives to support hardware
694watchpoints:
695
696@table @code
697@findex TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS
698@item TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS
699If defined, the target supports hardware watchpoints.
1f70da6a 700(Currently only used for several native configs.)
9742079a
EZ
701
702@findex TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT
703@item TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (@var{type}, @var{count}, @var{other})
704Return the number of hardware watchpoints of type @var{type} that are
705possible to be set. The value is positive if @var{count} watchpoints
706of this type can be set, zero if setting watchpoints of this type is
707not supported, and negative if @var{count} is more than the maximum
708number of watchpoints of type @var{type} that can be set. @var{other}
709is non-zero if other types of watchpoints are currently enabled (there
710are architectures which cannot set watchpoints of different types at
711the same time).
712
713@findex TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT
714@item TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT (@var{addr}, @var{len})
715Return non-zero if hardware watchpoints can be used to watch a region
716whose address is @var{addr} and whose length in bytes is @var{len}.
717
b6b8ece6 718@cindex insert or remove hardware watchpoint
9742079a
EZ
719@findex target_insert_watchpoint
720@findex target_remove_watchpoint
721@item target_insert_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
722@itemx target_remove_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
723Insert or remove a hardware watchpoint starting at @var{addr}, for
724@var{len} bytes. @var{type} is the watchpoint type, one of the
725possible values of the enumerated data type @code{target_hw_bp_type},
726defined by @file{breakpoint.h} as follows:
727
474c8240 728@smallexample
9742079a
EZ
729 enum target_hw_bp_type
730 @{
731 hw_write = 0, /* Common (write) HW watchpoint */
732 hw_read = 1, /* Read HW watchpoint */
733 hw_access = 2, /* Access (read or write) HW watchpoint */
734 hw_execute = 3 /* Execute HW breakpoint */
735 @};
474c8240 736@end smallexample
9742079a
EZ
737
738@noindent
739These two macros should return 0 for success, non-zero for failure.
740
9742079a 741@findex target_stopped_data_address
ac77d04f
JJ
742@item target_stopped_data_address (@var{addr_p})
743If the inferior has some watchpoint that triggered, place the address
744associated with the watchpoint at the location pointed to by
d983da9c
DJ
745@var{addr_p} and return non-zero. Otherwise, return zero. This
746is required for data-read and data-access watchpoints. It is
747not required for data-write watchpoints, but @value{GDBN} uses
748it to improve handling of those also.
749
750@value{GDBN} will only call this method once per watchpoint stop,
751immediately after calling @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT}. If the
752target's watchpoint indication is sticky, i.e., stays set after
753resuming, this method should clear it. For instance, the x86 debug
754control register has sticky triggered flags.
9742079a 755
5009afc5
AS
756@findex target_watchpoint_addr_within_range
757@item target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (@var{target}, @var{addr}, @var{start}, @var{length})
758Check whether @var{addr} (as returned by @code{target_stopped_data_address})
759lies within the hardware-defined watchpoint region described by
760@var{start} and @var{length}. This only needs to be provided if the
761granularity of a watchpoint is greater than one byte, i.e., if the
762watchpoint can also trigger on nearby addresses outside of the watched
763region.
764
9742079a
EZ
765@findex HAVE_STEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
766@item HAVE_STEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
767If defined to a non-zero value, it is not necessary to disable a
5009afc5 768watchpoint to step over it. Like @code{gdbarch_have_nonsteppable_watchpoint},
d983da9c
DJ
769this is usually set when watchpoints trigger at the instruction
770which will perform an interesting read or write. It should be
771set if there is a temporary disable bit which allows the processor
772to step over the interesting instruction without raising the
773watchpoint exception again.
9742079a 774
4a9bb1df
UW
775@findex gdbarch_have_nonsteppable_watchpoint
776@item int gdbarch_have_nonsteppable_watchpoint (@var{gdbarch})
777If it returns a non-zero value, @value{GDBN} should disable a
d983da9c
DJ
778watchpoint to step the inferior over it. This is usually set when
779watchpoints trigger at the instruction which will perform an
780interesting read or write.
9742079a
EZ
781
782@findex HAVE_CONTINUABLE_WATCHPOINT
783@item HAVE_CONTINUABLE_WATCHPOINT
784If defined to a non-zero value, it is possible to continue the
d983da9c
DJ
785inferior after a watchpoint has been hit. This is usually set
786when watchpoints trigger at the instruction following an interesting
787read or write.
9742079a
EZ
788
789@findex CANNOT_STEP_HW_WATCHPOINTS
790@item CANNOT_STEP_HW_WATCHPOINTS
791If this is defined to a non-zero value, @value{GDBN} will remove all
792watchpoints before stepping the inferior.
793
794@findex STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT
795@item STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT (@var{wait_status})
796Return non-zero if stopped by a watchpoint. @var{wait_status} is of
797the type @code{struct target_waitstatus}, defined by @file{target.h}.
b6b8ece6
EZ
798Normally, this macro is defined to invoke the function pointed to by
799the @code{to_stopped_by_watchpoint} member of the structure (of the
800type @code{target_ops}, defined on @file{target.h}) that describes the
801target-specific operations; @code{to_stopped_by_watchpoint} ignores
802the @var{wait_status} argument.
803
804@value{GDBN} does not require the non-zero value returned by
805@code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} to be 100% correct, so if a target cannot
806determine for sure whether the inferior stopped due to a watchpoint,
807it could return non-zero ``just in case''.
9742079a
EZ
808@end table
809
d983da9c
DJ
810@subsection Watchpoints and Threads
811@cindex watchpoints, with threads
812
813@value{GDBN} only supports process-wide watchpoints, which trigger
814in all threads. @value{GDBN} uses the thread ID to make watchpoints
815act as if they were thread-specific, but it cannot set hardware
816watchpoints that only trigger in a specific thread. Therefore, even
817if the target supports threads, per-thread debug registers, and
818watchpoints which only affect a single thread, it should set the
819per-thread debug registers for all threads to the same value. On
820@sc{gnu}/Linux native targets, this is accomplished by using
821@code{ALL_LWPS} in @code{target_insert_watchpoint} and
822@code{target_remove_watchpoint} and by using
823@code{linux_set_new_thread} to register a handler for newly created
824threads.
825
826@value{GDBN}'s @sc{gnu}/Linux support only reports a single event
827at a time, although multiple events can trigger simultaneously for
828multi-threaded programs. When multiple events occur, @file{linux-nat.c}
829queues subsequent events and returns them the next time the program
830is resumed. This means that @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} and
831@code{target_stopped_data_address} only need to consult the current
832thread's state---the thread indicated by @code{inferior_ptid}. If
833two threads have hit watchpoints simultaneously, those routines
834will be called a second time for the second thread.
835
9742079a
EZ
836@subsection x86 Watchpoints
837@cindex x86 debug registers
838@cindex watchpoints, on x86
839
840The 32-bit Intel x86 (a.k.a.@: ia32) processors feature special debug
841registers designed to facilitate debugging. @value{GDBN} provides a
842generic library of functions that x86-based ports can use to implement
843support for watchpoints and hardware-assisted breakpoints. This
844subsection documents the x86 watchpoint facilities in @value{GDBN}.
845
1f70da6a
SS
846(At present, the library functions read and write debug registers directly, and are
847thus only available for native configurations.)
848
9742079a
EZ
849To use the generic x86 watchpoint support, a port should do the
850following:
851
852@itemize @bullet
853@findex I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
854@item
855Define the macro @code{I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS} somewhere in the
856target-dependent headers.
857
858@item
859Include the @file{config/i386/nm-i386.h} header file @emph{after}
860defining @code{I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
861
862@item
863Add @file{i386-nat.o} to the value of the Make variable
f0323ca0 864@code{NATDEPFILES} (@pxref{Native Debugging, NATDEPFILES}).
9742079a
EZ
865
866@item
867Provide implementations for the @code{I386_DR_LOW_*} macros described
868below. Typically, each macro should call a target-specific function
869which does the real work.
870@end itemize
871
872The x86 watchpoint support works by maintaining mirror images of the
873debug registers. Values are copied between the mirror images and the
874real debug registers via a set of macros which each target needs to
875provide:
876
877@table @code
878@findex I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL
879@item I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL (@var{val})
880Set the Debug Control (DR7) register to the value @var{val}.
881
882@findex I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR
883@item I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR (@var{idx}, @var{addr})
884Put the address @var{addr} into the debug register number @var{idx}.
885
886@findex I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR
887@item I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR (@var{idx})
888Reset (i.e.@: zero out) the address stored in the debug register
889number @var{idx}.
890
891@findex I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS
892@item I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS
893Return the value of the Debug Status (DR6) register. This value is
894used immediately after it is returned by
895@code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}, so as to support per-thread status
896register values.
897@end table
898
899For each one of the 4 debug registers (whose indices are from 0 to 3)
900that store addresses, a reference count is maintained by @value{GDBN},
901to allow sharing of debug registers by several watchpoints. This
902allows users to define several watchpoints that watch the same
903expression, but with different conditions and/or commands, without
904wasting debug registers which are in short supply. @value{GDBN}
905maintains the reference counts internally, targets don't have to do
906anything to use this feature.
907
908The x86 debug registers can each watch a region that is 1, 2, or 4
909bytes long. The ia32 architecture requires that each watched region
910be appropriately aligned: 2-byte region on 2-byte boundary, 4-byte
911region on 4-byte boundary. However, the x86 watchpoint support in
912@value{GDBN} can watch unaligned regions and regions larger than 4
913bytes (up to 16 bytes) by allocating several debug registers to watch
914a single region. This allocation of several registers per a watched
915region is also done automatically without target code intervention.
916
917The generic x86 watchpoint support provides the following API for the
918@value{GDBN}'s application code:
919
920@table @code
921@findex i386_region_ok_for_watchpoint
922@item i386_region_ok_for_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len})
923The macro @code{TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT} is set to call
924this function. It counts the number of debug registers required to
925watch a given region, and returns a non-zero value if that number is
926less than 4, the number of debug registers available to x86
927processors.
928
929@findex i386_stopped_data_address
ac77d04f
JJ
930@item i386_stopped_data_address (@var{addr_p})
931The target function
932@code{target_stopped_data_address} is set to call this function.
933This
9742079a
EZ
934function examines the breakpoint condition bits in the DR6 Debug
935Status register, as returned by the @code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}
936macro, and returns the address associated with the first bit that is
937set in DR6.
938
ac77d04f
JJ
939@findex i386_stopped_by_watchpoint
940@item i386_stopped_by_watchpoint (void)
941The macro @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT}
942is set to call this function. The
943argument passed to @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} is ignored. This
944function examines the breakpoint condition bits in the DR6 Debug
945Status register, as returned by the @code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}
946macro, and returns true if any bit is set. Otherwise, false is
947returned.
948
9742079a
EZ
949@findex i386_insert_watchpoint
950@findex i386_remove_watchpoint
951@item i386_insert_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
952@itemx i386_remove_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
953Insert or remove a watchpoint. The macros
954@code{target_insert_watchpoint} and @code{target_remove_watchpoint}
955are set to call these functions. @code{i386_insert_watchpoint} first
956looks for a debug register which is already set to watch the same
957region for the same access types; if found, it just increments the
958reference count of that debug register, thus implementing debug
959register sharing between watchpoints. If no such register is found,
937f164b
FF
960the function looks for a vacant debug register, sets its mirrored
961value to @var{addr}, sets the mirrored value of DR7 Debug Control
9742079a
EZ
962register as appropriate for the @var{len} and @var{type} parameters,
963and then passes the new values of the debug register and DR7 to the
964inferior by calling @code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR} and
965@code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL}. If more than one debug register is
966required to cover the given region, the above process is repeated for
967each debug register.
968
969@code{i386_remove_watchpoint} does the opposite: it resets the address
937f164b
FF
970in the mirrored value of the debug register and its read/write and
971length bits in the mirrored value of DR7, then passes these new
9742079a
EZ
972values to the inferior via @code{I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR} and
973@code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL}. If a register is shared by several
974watchpoints, each time a @code{i386_remove_watchpoint} is called, it
975decrements the reference count, and only calls
976@code{I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR} and @code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL} when
977the count goes to zero.
978
979@findex i386_insert_hw_breakpoint
980@findex i386_remove_hw_breakpoint
8181d85f
DJ
981@item i386_insert_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
982@itemx i386_remove_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
9742079a
EZ
983These functions insert and remove hardware-assisted breakpoints. The
984macros @code{target_insert_hw_breakpoint} and
985@code{target_remove_hw_breakpoint} are set to call these functions.
8181d85f
DJ
986The argument is a @code{struct bp_target_info *}, as described in
987the documentation for @code{target_insert_breakpoint}.
9742079a
EZ
988These functions work like @code{i386_insert_watchpoint} and
989@code{i386_remove_watchpoint}, respectively, except that they set up
990the debug registers to watch instruction execution, and each
991hardware-assisted breakpoint always requires exactly one debug
992register.
993
994@findex i386_stopped_by_hwbp
995@item i386_stopped_by_hwbp (void)
996This function returns non-zero if the inferior has some watchpoint or
997hardware breakpoint that triggered. It works like
ac77d04f 998@code{i386_stopped_data_address}, except that it doesn't record the
9742079a
EZ
999address whose watchpoint triggered.
1000
1001@findex i386_cleanup_dregs
1002@item i386_cleanup_dregs (void)
1003This function clears all the reference counts, addresses, and control
1004bits in the mirror images of the debug registers. It doesn't affect
1005the actual debug registers in the inferior process.
1006@end table
1007
1008@noindent
1009@strong{Notes:}
1010@enumerate 1
1011@item
1012x86 processors support setting watchpoints on I/O reads or writes.
1013However, since no target supports this (as of March 2001), and since
1014@code{enum target_hw_bp_type} doesn't even have an enumeration for I/O
1015watchpoints, this feature is not yet available to @value{GDBN} running
1016on x86.
1017
1018@item
1019x86 processors can enable watchpoints locally, for the current task
1020only, or globally, for all the tasks. For each debug register,
1021there's a bit in the DR7 Debug Control register that determines
1022whether the associated address is watched locally or globally. The
1023current implementation of x86 watchpoint support in @value{GDBN}
1024always sets watchpoints to be locally enabled, since global
1025watchpoints might interfere with the underlying OS and are probably
1026unavailable in many platforms.
1027@end enumerate
1028
5c95884b
MS
1029@section Checkpoints
1030@cindex checkpoints
1031@cindex restart
1032In the abstract, a checkpoint is a point in the execution history of
1033the program, which the user may wish to return to at some later time.
1034
1035Internally, a checkpoint is a saved copy of the program state, including
1036whatever information is required in order to restore the program to that
1037state at a later time. This can be expected to include the state of
1038registers and memory, and may include external state such as the state
1039of open files and devices.
1040
1041There are a number of ways in which checkpoints may be implemented
b247355e 1042in gdb, e.g.@: as corefiles, as forked processes, and as some opaque
5c95884b
MS
1043method implemented on the target side.
1044
1045A corefile can be used to save an image of target memory and register
1046state, which can in principle be restored later --- but corefiles do
1047not typically include information about external entities such as
1048open files. Currently this method is not implemented in gdb.
1049
1050A forked process can save the state of user memory and registers,
1051as well as some subset of external (kernel) state. This method
1052is used to implement checkpoints on Linux, and in principle might
1053be used on other systems.
1054
b247355e 1055Some targets, e.g.@: simulators, might have their own built-in
5c95884b
MS
1056method for saving checkpoints, and gdb might be able to take
1057advantage of that capability without necessarily knowing any
1058details of how it is done.
1059
1060
bcd7e15f
JB
1061@section Observing changes in @value{GDBN} internals
1062@cindex observer pattern interface
1063@cindex notifications about changes in internals
1064
1065In order to function properly, several modules need to be notified when
1066some changes occur in the @value{GDBN} internals. Traditionally, these
1067modules have relied on several paradigms, the most common ones being
1068hooks and gdb-events. Unfortunately, none of these paradigms was
1069versatile enough to become the standard notification mechanism in
1070@value{GDBN}. The fact that they only supported one ``client'' was also
1071a strong limitation.
1072
1073A new paradigm, based on the Observer pattern of the @cite{Design
1074Patterns} book, has therefore been implemented. The goal was to provide
1075a new interface overcoming the issues with the notification mechanisms
1076previously available. This new interface needed to be strongly typed,
1077easy to extend, and versatile enough to be used as the standard
1078interface when adding new notifications.
1079
1080See @ref{GDB Observers} for a brief description of the observers
1081currently implemented in GDB. The rationale for the current
1082implementation is also briefly discussed.
1083
c906108c
SS
1084@node User Interface
1085
1086@chapter User Interface
1087
1f70da6a
SS
1088@value{GDBN} has several user interfaces, of which the traditional
1089command-line interface is perhaps the most familiar.
c906108c
SS
1090
1091@section Command Interpreter
1092
56caf160 1093@cindex command interpreter
0ee54786 1094@cindex CLI
25822942 1095The command interpreter in @value{GDBN} is fairly simple. It is designed to
c906108c
SS
1096allow for the set of commands to be augmented dynamically, and also
1097has a recursive subcommand capability, where the first argument to
1098a command may itself direct a lookup on a different command list.
1099
56caf160
EZ
1100For instance, the @samp{set} command just starts a lookup on the
1101@code{setlist} command list, while @samp{set thread} recurses
c906108c
SS
1102to the @code{set_thread_cmd_list}.
1103
56caf160
EZ
1104@findex add_cmd
1105@findex add_com
c906108c
SS
1106To add commands in general, use @code{add_cmd}. @code{add_com} adds to
1107the main command list, and should be used for those commands. The usual
cfeada60 1108place to add commands is in the @code{_initialize_@var{xyz}} routines at
9742079a 1109the ends of most source files.
cfeada60 1110
40dd2248
TT
1111@findex add_setshow_cmd
1112@findex add_setshow_cmd_full
1113To add paired @samp{set} and @samp{show} commands, use
1114@code{add_setshow_cmd} or @code{add_setshow_cmd_full}. The former is
1115a slightly simpler interface which is useful when you don't need to
1116further modify the new command structures, while the latter returns
1117the new command structures for manipulation.
1118
56caf160
EZ
1119@cindex deprecating commands
1120@findex deprecate_cmd
cfeada60
FN
1121Before removing commands from the command set it is a good idea to
1122deprecate them for some time. Use @code{deprecate_cmd} on commands or
1123aliases to set the deprecated flag. @code{deprecate_cmd} takes a
1124@code{struct cmd_list_element} as it's first argument. You can use the
1125return value from @code{add_com} or @code{add_cmd} to deprecate the
1126command immediately after it is created.
1127
c72e7388 1128The first time a command is used the user will be warned and offered a
cfeada60 1129replacement (if one exists). Note that the replacement string passed to
d3e8051b 1130@code{deprecate_cmd} should be the full name of the command, i.e., the
cfeada60 1131entire string the user should type at the command line.
c906108c 1132
587afa38 1133@anchor{UI-Independent Output}
0ee54786
EZ
1134@section UI-Independent Output---the @code{ui_out} Functions
1135@c This section is based on the documentation written by Fernando
1136@c Nasser <fnasser@redhat.com>.
1137
1138@cindex @code{ui_out} functions
1139The @code{ui_out} functions present an abstraction level for the
1140@value{GDBN} output code. They hide the specifics of different user
1141interfaces supported by @value{GDBN}, and thus free the programmer
1142from the need to write several versions of the same code, one each for
1143every UI, to produce output.
1144
1145@subsection Overview and Terminology
1146
1147In general, execution of each @value{GDBN} command produces some sort
1148of output, and can even generate an input request.
1149
1150Output can be generated for the following purposes:
1151
1152@itemize @bullet
1153@item
1154to display a @emph{result} of an operation;
1155
1156@item
1157to convey @emph{info} or produce side-effects of a requested
1158operation;
1159
1160@item
1161to provide a @emph{notification} of an asynchronous event (including
1162progress indication of a prolonged asynchronous operation);
1163
1164@item
1165to display @emph{error messages} (including warnings);
1166
1167@item
1168to show @emph{debug data};
1169
1170@item
1171to @emph{query} or prompt a user for input (a special case).
1172@end itemize
1173
1174@noindent
1175This section mainly concentrates on how to build result output,
1176although some of it also applies to other kinds of output.
1177
1178Generation of output that displays the results of an operation
1179involves one or more of the following:
1180
1181@itemize @bullet
1182@item
1183output of the actual data
1184
1185@item
1186formatting the output as appropriate for console output, to make it
1187easily readable by humans
1188
1189@item
1190machine oriented formatting--a more terse formatting to allow for easy
1191parsing by programs which read @value{GDBN}'s output
1192
1193@item
c72e7388
AC
1194annotation, whose purpose is to help legacy GUIs to identify interesting
1195parts in the output
0ee54786
EZ
1196@end itemize
1197
1198The @code{ui_out} routines take care of the first three aspects.
c72e7388
AC
1199Annotations are provided by separate annotation routines. Note that use
1200of annotations for an interface between a GUI and @value{GDBN} is
0ee54786
EZ
1201deprecated.
1202
c72e7388
AC
1203Output can be in the form of a single item, which we call a @dfn{field};
1204a @dfn{list} consisting of identical fields; a @dfn{tuple} consisting of
1205non-identical fields; or a @dfn{table}, which is a tuple consisting of a
1206header and a body. In a BNF-like form:
0ee54786 1207
c72e7388
AC
1208@table @code
1209@item <table> @expansion{}
1210@code{<header> <body>}
1211@item <header> @expansion{}
1212@code{@{ <column> @}}
1213@item <column> @expansion{}
1214@code{<width> <alignment> <title>}
1215@item <body> @expansion{}
1216@code{@{<row>@}}
1217@end table
0ee54786
EZ
1218
1219
1220@subsection General Conventions
1221
c72e7388
AC
1222Most @code{ui_out} routines are of type @code{void}, the exceptions are
1223@code{ui_out_stream_new} (which returns a pointer to the newly created
1224object) and the @code{make_cleanup} routines.
0ee54786 1225
c72e7388
AC
1226The first parameter is always the @code{ui_out} vector object, a pointer
1227to a @code{struct ui_out}.
0ee54786 1228
c72e7388
AC
1229The @var{format} parameter is like in @code{printf} family of functions.
1230When it is present, there must also be a variable list of arguments
1231sufficient used to satisfy the @code{%} specifiers in the supplied
0ee54786
EZ
1232format.
1233
c72e7388
AC
1234When a character string argument is not used in a @code{ui_out} function
1235call, a @code{NULL} pointer has to be supplied instead.
0ee54786
EZ
1236
1237
c72e7388 1238@subsection Table, Tuple and List Functions
0ee54786
EZ
1239
1240@cindex list output functions
1241@cindex table output functions
c72e7388
AC
1242@cindex tuple output functions
1243This section introduces @code{ui_out} routines for building lists,
1244tuples and tables. The routines to output the actual data items
1245(fields) are presented in the next section.
0ee54786 1246
c72e7388
AC
1247To recap: A @dfn{tuple} is a sequence of @dfn{fields}, each field
1248containing information about an object; a @dfn{list} is a sequence of
1249fields where each field describes an identical object.
0ee54786 1250
c72e7388
AC
1251Use the @dfn{table} functions when your output consists of a list of
1252rows (tuples) and the console output should include a heading. Use this
1253even when you are listing just one object but you still want the header.
0ee54786
EZ
1254
1255@cindex nesting level in @code{ui_out} functions
c72e7388
AC
1256Tables can not be nested. Tuples and lists can be nested up to a
1257maximum of five levels.
0ee54786
EZ
1258
1259The overall structure of the table output code is something like this:
1260
474c8240 1261@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1262 ui_out_table_begin
1263 ui_out_table_header
c72e7388 1264 @dots{}
0ee54786 1265 ui_out_table_body
c72e7388 1266 ui_out_tuple_begin
0ee54786 1267 ui_out_field_*
c72e7388
AC
1268 @dots{}
1269 ui_out_tuple_end
1270 @dots{}
0ee54786 1271 ui_out_table_end
474c8240 1272@end smallexample
0ee54786 1273
c72e7388 1274Here is the description of table-, tuple- and list-related @code{ui_out}
0ee54786
EZ
1275functions:
1276
c72e7388
AC
1277@deftypefun void ui_out_table_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{nbrofcols}, int @var{nr_rows}, const char *@var{tblid})
1278The function @code{ui_out_table_begin} marks the beginning of the output
1279of a table. It should always be called before any other @code{ui_out}
1280function for a given table. @var{nbrofcols} is the number of columns in
1281the table. @var{nr_rows} is the number of rows in the table.
1282@var{tblid} is an optional string identifying the table. The string
1283pointed to by @var{tblid} is copied by the implementation of
1284@code{ui_out_table_begin}, so the application can free the string if it
1285was @code{malloc}ed.
0ee54786
EZ
1286
1287The companion function @code{ui_out_table_end}, described below, marks
1288the end of the table's output.
1289@end deftypefun
1290
c72e7388
AC
1291@deftypefun void ui_out_table_header (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{width}, enum ui_align @var{alignment}, const char *@var{colhdr})
1292@code{ui_out_table_header} provides the header information for a single
1293table column. You call this function several times, one each for every
1294column of the table, after @code{ui_out_table_begin}, but before
1295@code{ui_out_table_body}.
0ee54786
EZ
1296
1297The value of @var{width} gives the column width in characters. The
1298value of @var{alignment} is one of @code{left}, @code{center}, and
1299@code{right}, and it specifies how to align the header: left-justify,
1300center, or right-justify it. @var{colhdr} points to a string that
1301specifies the column header; the implementation copies that string, so
c72e7388
AC
1302column header strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed after the
1303call.
0ee54786
EZ
1304@end deftypefun
1305
1306@deftypefun void ui_out_table_body (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388 1307This function delimits the table header from the table body.
0ee54786
EZ
1308@end deftypefun
1309
1310@deftypefun void ui_out_table_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388
AC
1311This function signals the end of a table's output. It should be called
1312after the table body has been produced by the list and field output
1313functions.
0ee54786
EZ
1314
1315There should be exactly one call to @code{ui_out_table_end} for each
c72e7388
AC
1316call to @code{ui_out_table_begin}, otherwise the @code{ui_out} functions
1317will signal an internal error.
0ee54786
EZ
1318@end deftypefun
1319
c72e7388 1320The output of the tuples that represent the table rows must follow the
0ee54786 1321call to @code{ui_out_table_body} and precede the call to
c72e7388
AC
1322@code{ui_out_table_end}. You build a tuple by calling
1323@code{ui_out_tuple_begin} and @code{ui_out_tuple_end}, with suitable
0ee54786
EZ
1324calls to functions which actually output fields between them.
1325
c72e7388
AC
1326@deftypefun void ui_out_tuple_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1327This function marks the beginning of a tuple output. @var{id} points
1328to an optional string that identifies the tuple; it is copied by the
1329implementation, and so strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed
1330after the call.
1331@end deftypefun
1332
1333@deftypefun void ui_out_tuple_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
1334This function signals an end of a tuple output. There should be exactly
1335one call to @code{ui_out_tuple_end} for each call to
1336@code{ui_out_tuple_begin}, otherwise an internal @value{GDBN} error will
1337be signaled.
1338@end deftypefun
1339
587afa38 1340@deftypefun {struct cleanup *} make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
c72e7388
AC
1341This function first opens the tuple and then establishes a cleanup
1342(@pxref{Coding, Cleanups}) to close the tuple. It provides a convenient
1343and correct implementation of the non-portable@footnote{The function
b9aa90c9 1344cast is not portable ISO C.} code sequence:
c72e7388
AC
1345@smallexample
1346struct cleanup *old_cleanup;
1347ui_out_tuple_begin (uiout, "...");
1348old_cleanup = make_cleanup ((void(*)(void *)) ui_out_tuple_end,
1349 uiout);
1350@end smallexample
1351@end deftypefun
1352
1353@deftypefun void ui_out_list_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1354This function marks the beginning of a list output. @var{id} points to
1355an optional string that identifies the list; it is copied by the
1356implementation, and so strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed
1357after the call.
0ee54786
EZ
1358@end deftypefun
1359
1360@deftypefun void ui_out_list_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388
AC
1361This function signals an end of a list output. There should be exactly
1362one call to @code{ui_out_list_end} for each call to
1363@code{ui_out_list_begin}, otherwise an internal @value{GDBN} error will
1364be signaled.
1365@end deftypefun
1366
587afa38 1367@deftypefun {struct cleanup *} make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
c72e7388
AC
1368Similar to @code{make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end}, this function
1369opens a list and then establishes cleanup (@pxref{Coding, Cleanups})
f66d1690 1370that will close the list.
0ee54786
EZ
1371@end deftypefun
1372
1373@subsection Item Output Functions
1374
1375@cindex item output functions
1376@cindex field output functions
1377@cindex data output
1378The functions described below produce output for the actual data
1379items, or fields, which contain information about the object.
1380
1381Choose the appropriate function accordingly to your particular needs.
1382
1383@deftypefun void ui_out_field_fmt (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, char *@var{fldname}, char *@var{format}, ...)
1384This is the most general output function. It produces the
1385representation of the data in the variable-length argument list
1386according to formatting specifications in @var{format}, a
1387@code{printf}-like format string. The optional argument @var{fldname}
1388supplies the name of the field. The data items themselves are
1389supplied as additional arguments after @var{format}.
1390
1391This generic function should be used only when it is not possible to
1392use one of the specialized versions (see below).
1393@end deftypefun
1394
c72e7388 1395@deftypefun void ui_out_field_int (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, int @var{value})
0ee54786
EZ
1396This function outputs a value of an @code{int} variable. It uses the
1397@code{"%d"} output conversion specification. @var{fldname} specifies
1398the name of the field.
1399@end deftypefun
8d19fbd2
JJ
1400
1401@deftypefun void ui_out_field_fmt_int (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{width}, enum ui_align @var{alignment}, const char *@var{fldname}, int @var{value})
1402This function outputs a value of an @code{int} variable. It differs from
1403@code{ui_out_field_int} in that the caller specifies the desired @var{width} and @var{alignment} of the output.
1404@var{fldname} specifies
1405the name of the field.
1406@end deftypefun
0ee54786 1407
c72e7388 1408@deftypefun void ui_out_field_core_addr (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, CORE_ADDR @var{address})
0ee54786
EZ
1409This function outputs an address.
1410@end deftypefun
1411
c72e7388 1412@deftypefun void ui_out_field_string (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, const char *@var{string})
0ee54786
EZ
1413This function outputs a string using the @code{"%s"} conversion
1414specification.
1415@end deftypefun
1416
1417Sometimes, there's a need to compose your output piece by piece using
1418functions that operate on a stream, such as @code{value_print} or
1419@code{fprintf_symbol_filtered}. These functions accept an argument of
1420the type @code{struct ui_file *}, a pointer to a @code{ui_file} object
1421used to store the data stream used for the output. When you use one
1422of these functions, you need a way to pass their results stored in a
1423@code{ui_file} object to the @code{ui_out} functions. To this end,
1424you first create a @code{ui_stream} object by calling
1425@code{ui_out_stream_new}, pass the @code{stream} member of that
1426@code{ui_stream} object to @code{value_print} and similar functions,
1427and finally call @code{ui_out_field_stream} to output the field you
1428constructed. When the @code{ui_stream} object is no longer needed,
1429you should destroy it and free its memory by calling
1430@code{ui_out_stream_delete}.
1431
587afa38 1432@deftypefun {struct ui_stream *} ui_out_stream_new (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
0ee54786
EZ
1433This function creates a new @code{ui_stream} object which uses the
1434same output methods as the @code{ui_out} object whose pointer is
1435passed in @var{uiout}. It returns a pointer to the newly created
1436@code{ui_stream} object.
1437@end deftypefun
1438
1439@deftypefun void ui_out_stream_delete (struct ui_stream *@var{streambuf})
1440This functions destroys a @code{ui_stream} object specified by
1441@var{streambuf}.
1442@end deftypefun
1443
c72e7388 1444@deftypefun void ui_out_field_stream (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fieldname}, struct ui_stream *@var{streambuf})
0ee54786
EZ
1445This function consumes all the data accumulated in
1446@code{streambuf->stream} and outputs it like
1447@code{ui_out_field_string} does. After a call to
1448@code{ui_out_field_stream}, the accumulated data no longer exists, but
1449the stream is still valid and may be used for producing more fields.
1450@end deftypefun
1451
1452@strong{Important:} If there is any chance that your code could bail
1453out before completing output generation and reaching the point where
1454@code{ui_out_stream_delete} is called, it is necessary to set up a
1455cleanup, to avoid leaking memory and other resources. Here's a
1456skeleton code to do that:
1457
1458@smallexample
1459 struct ui_stream *mybuf = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1460 struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (ui_out_stream_delete, mybuf);
1461 ...
1462 do_cleanups (old);
1463@end smallexample
1464
1465If the function already has the old cleanup chain set (for other kinds
1466of cleanups), you just have to add your cleanup to it:
1467
1468@smallexample
1469 mybuf = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1470 make_cleanup (ui_out_stream_delete, mybuf);
1471@end smallexample
1472
1473Note that with cleanups in place, you should not call
1474@code{ui_out_stream_delete} directly, or you would attempt to free the
1475same buffer twice.
1476
1477@subsection Utility Output Functions
1478
c72e7388 1479@deftypefun void ui_out_field_skip (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname})
0ee54786
EZ
1480This function skips a field in a table. Use it if you have to leave
1481an empty field without disrupting the table alignment. The argument
1482@var{fldname} specifies a name for the (missing) filed.
1483@end deftypefun
1484
c72e7388 1485@deftypefun void ui_out_text (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{string})
0ee54786
EZ
1486This function outputs the text in @var{string} in a way that makes it
1487easy to be read by humans. For example, the console implementation of
1488this method filters the text through a built-in pager, to prevent it
1489from scrolling off the visible portion of the screen.
1490
1491Use this function for printing relatively long chunks of text around
1492the actual field data: the text it produces is not aligned according
1493to the table's format. Use @code{ui_out_field_string} to output a
1494string field, and use @code{ui_out_message}, described below, to
1495output short messages.
1496@end deftypefun
1497
1498@deftypefun void ui_out_spaces (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{nspaces})
1499This function outputs @var{nspaces} spaces. It is handy to align the
1500text produced by @code{ui_out_text} with the rest of the table or
1501list.
1502@end deftypefun
1503
c72e7388 1504@deftypefun void ui_out_message (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{verbosity}, const char *@var{format}, ...)
0ee54786
EZ
1505This function produces a formatted message, provided that the current
1506verbosity level is at least as large as given by @var{verbosity}. The
1507current verbosity level is specified by the user with the @samp{set
1508verbositylevel} command.@footnote{As of this writing (April 2001),
1509setting verbosity level is not yet implemented, and is always returned
1510as zero. So calling @code{ui_out_message} with a @var{verbosity}
1511argument more than zero will cause the message to never be printed.}
1512@end deftypefun
1513
1514@deftypefun void ui_out_wrap_hint (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, char *@var{indent})
1515This function gives the console output filter (a paging filter) a hint
1516of where to break lines which are too long. Ignored for all other
1517output consumers. @var{indent}, if non-@code{NULL}, is the string to
1518be printed to indent the wrapped text on the next line; it must remain
1519accessible until the next call to @code{ui_out_wrap_hint}, or until an
1520explicit newline is produced by one of the other functions. If
1521@var{indent} is @code{NULL}, the wrapped text will not be indented.
1522@end deftypefun
1523
1524@deftypefun void ui_out_flush (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
1525This function flushes whatever output has been accumulated so far, if
1526the UI buffers output.
1527@end deftypefun
1528
1529
1530@subsection Examples of Use of @code{ui_out} functions
1531
1532@cindex using @code{ui_out} functions
1533@cindex @code{ui_out} functions, usage examples
1534This section gives some practical examples of using the @code{ui_out}
1535functions to generalize the old console-oriented code in
1536@value{GDBN}. The examples all come from functions defined on the
1537@file{breakpoints.c} file.
1538
1539This example, from the @code{breakpoint_1} function, shows how to
1540produce a table.
1541
1542The original code was:
1543
474c8240 1544@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1545 if (!found_a_breakpoint++)
1546 @{
1547 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
1548
1549 annotate_field (0);
1550 printf_filtered ("Num ");
1551 annotate_field (1);
1552 printf_filtered ("Type ");
1553 annotate_field (2);
1554 printf_filtered ("Disp ");
1555 annotate_field (3);
1556 printf_filtered ("Enb ");
1557 if (addressprint)
1558 @{
1559 annotate_field (4);
1560 printf_filtered ("Address ");
1561 @}
1562 annotate_field (5);
1563 printf_filtered ("What\n");
1564
1565 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
1566 @}
474c8240 1567@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1568
1569Here's the new version:
1570
474c8240 1571@smallexample
c72e7388
AC
1572 nr_printable_breakpoints = @dots{};
1573
1574 if (addressprint)
1575 ui_out_table_begin (ui, 6, nr_printable_breakpoints, "BreakpointTable");
1576 else
1577 ui_out_table_begin (ui, 5, nr_printable_breakpoints, "BreakpointTable");
1578
1579 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1580 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
1581 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1582 annotate_field (0);
1583 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
1584 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1585 annotate_field (1);
1586 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 14, ui_left, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
1587 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1588 annotate_field (2);
1589 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
1590 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1591 annotate_field (3);
1592 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
1593 if (addressprint)
1594 @{
1595 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1596 annotate_field (4);
4a9bb1df 1597 if (gdbarch_addr_bit (current_gdbarch) <= 32)
c72e7388 1598 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
0ee54786 1599 else
c72e7388
AC
1600 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
1601 @}
1602 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1603 annotate_field (5);
1604 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
1605 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
1606 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1607 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
474c8240 1608@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1609
1610This example, from the @code{print_one_breakpoint} function, shows how
1611to produce the actual data for the table whose structure was defined
1612in the above example. The original code was:
1613
474c8240 1614@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1615 annotate_record ();
1616 annotate_field (0);
1617 printf_filtered ("%-3d ", b->number);
1618 annotate_field (1);
1619 if ((int)b->type > (sizeof(bptypes)/sizeof(bptypes[0]))
1620 || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type))
1621 internal_error ("bptypes table does not describe type #%d.",
1622 (int)b->type);
1623 printf_filtered ("%-14s ", bptypes[(int)b->type].description);
1624 annotate_field (2);
1625 printf_filtered ("%-4s ", bpdisps[(int)b->disposition]);
1626 annotate_field (3);
1627 printf_filtered ("%-3c ", bpenables[(int)b->enable]);
c72e7388 1628 @dots{}
474c8240 1629@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1630
1631This is the new version:
1632
474c8240 1633@smallexample
0ee54786 1634 annotate_record ();
c72e7388 1635 ui_out_tuple_begin (uiout, "bkpt");
0ee54786
EZ
1636 annotate_field (0);
1637 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
1638 annotate_field (1);
1639 if (((int) b->type > (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
1640 || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type))
1641 internal_error ("bptypes table does not describe type #%d.",
1642 (int) b->type);
1643 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptypes[(int)b->type].description);
1644 annotate_field (2);
1645 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisps[(int)b->disposition]);
1646 annotate_field (3);
1647 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c", bpenables[(int)b->enable]);
c72e7388 1648 @dots{}
474c8240 1649@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1650
1651This example, also from @code{print_one_breakpoint}, shows how to
1652produce a complicated output field using the @code{print_expression}
1653functions which requires a stream to be passed. It also shows how to
1654automate stream destruction with cleanups. The original code was:
1655
474c8240 1656@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1657 annotate_field (5);
1658 print_expression (b->exp, gdb_stdout);
474c8240 1659@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1660
1661The new version is:
1662
474c8240 1663@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1664 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1665 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
1666 ...
1667 annotate_field (5);
1668 print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
1669 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "what", local_stream);
474c8240 1670@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1671
1672This example, also from @code{print_one_breakpoint}, shows how to use
1673@code{ui_out_text} and @code{ui_out_field_string}. The original code
1674was:
1675
474c8240 1676@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1677 annotate_field (5);
1678 if (b->dll_pathname == NULL)
1679 printf_filtered ("<any library> ");
1680 else
1681 printf_filtered ("library \"%s\" ", b->dll_pathname);
474c8240 1682@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1683
1684It became:
1685
474c8240 1686@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1687 annotate_field (5);
1688 if (b->dll_pathname == NULL)
1689 @{
1690 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any library>");
1691 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
1692 @}
1693 else
1694 @{
1695 ui_out_text (uiout, "library \"");
1696 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->dll_pathname);
1697 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
1698 @}
474c8240 1699@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1700
1701The following example from @code{print_one_breakpoint} shows how to
1702use @code{ui_out_field_int} and @code{ui_out_spaces}. The original
1703code was:
1704
474c8240 1705@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1706 annotate_field (5);
1707 if (b->forked_inferior_pid != 0)
1708 printf_filtered ("process %d ", b->forked_inferior_pid);
474c8240 1709@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1710
1711It became:
1712
474c8240 1713@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1714 annotate_field (5);
1715 if (b->forked_inferior_pid != 0)
1716 @{
1717 ui_out_text (uiout, "process ");
1718 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what", b->forked_inferior_pid);
1719 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
1720 @}
474c8240 1721@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1722
1723Here's an example of using @code{ui_out_field_string}. The original
1724code was:
1725
474c8240 1726@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1727 annotate_field (5);
1728 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
1729 printf_filtered ("program \"%s\" ", b->exec_pathname);
474c8240 1730@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1731
1732It became:
1733
474c8240 1734@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1735 annotate_field (5);
1736 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
1737 @{
1738 ui_out_text (uiout, "program \"");
1739 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->exec_pathname);
1740 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
1741 @}
474c8240 1742@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1743
1744Finally, here's an example of printing an address. The original code:
1745
474c8240 1746@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1747 annotate_field (4);
1748 printf_filtered ("%s ",
15a661f3 1749 hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) b->address, 8));
474c8240 1750@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1751
1752It became:
1753
474c8240 1754@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1755 annotate_field (4);
1756 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "Address", b->address);
474c8240 1757@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1758
1759
c906108c
SS
1760@section Console Printing
1761
1762@section TUI
1763
89437448 1764@node libgdb
c906108c 1765
89437448
AC
1766@chapter libgdb
1767
1768@section libgdb 1.0
1769@cindex @code{libgdb}
1770@code{libgdb} 1.0 was an abortive project of years ago. The theory was
1771to provide an API to @value{GDBN}'s functionality.
1772
1773@section libgdb 2.0
56caf160 1774@cindex @code{libgdb}
89437448
AC
1775@code{libgdb} 2.0 is an ongoing effort to update @value{GDBN} so that is
1776better able to support graphical and other environments.
1777
1778Since @code{libgdb} development is on-going, its architecture is still
1779evolving. The following components have so far been identified:
1780
1781@itemize @bullet
1782@item
1783Observer - @file{gdb-events.h}.
1784@item
1785Builder - @file{ui-out.h}
1786@item
1787Event Loop - @file{event-loop.h}
1788@item
1789Library - @file{gdb.h}
1790@end itemize
1791
1792The model that ties these components together is described below.
1793
1794@section The @code{libgdb} Model
1795
1796A client of @code{libgdb} interacts with the library in two ways.
1797
1798@itemize @bullet
1799@item
1800As an observer (using @file{gdb-events}) receiving notifications from
1801@code{libgdb} of any internal state changes (break point changes, run
1802state, etc).
1803@item
1804As a client querying @code{libgdb} (using the @file{ui-out} builder) to
1805obtain various status values from @value{GDBN}.
1806@end itemize
1807
c1468174 1808Since @code{libgdb} could have multiple clients (e.g., a GUI supporting
89437448
AC
1809the existing @value{GDBN} CLI), those clients must co-operate when
1810controlling @code{libgdb}. In particular, a client must ensure that
587afa38 1811@code{libgdb} is idle (i.e.@: no other client is using @code{libgdb})
89437448
AC
1812before responding to a @file{gdb-event} by making a query.
1813
1814@section CLI support
1815
1816At present @value{GDBN}'s CLI is very much entangled in with the core of
1817@code{libgdb}. Consequently, a client wishing to include the CLI in
1818their interface needs to carefully co-ordinate its own and the CLI's
1819requirements.
1820
1821It is suggested that the client set @code{libgdb} up to be bi-modal
1822(alternate between CLI and client query modes). The notes below sketch
1823out the theory:
1824
1825@itemize @bullet
1826@item
1827The client registers itself as an observer of @code{libgdb}.
1828@item
1829The client create and install @code{cli-out} builder using its own
1830versions of the @code{ui-file} @code{gdb_stderr}, @code{gdb_stdtarg} and
1831@code{gdb_stdout} streams.
1832@item
1833The client creates a separate custom @code{ui-out} builder that is only
1834used while making direct queries to @code{libgdb}.
1835@end itemize
1836
1837When the client receives input intended for the CLI, it simply passes it
1838along. Since the @code{cli-out} builder is installed by default, all
1839the CLI output in response to that command is routed (pronounced rooted)
1840through to the client controlled @code{gdb_stdout} et.@: al.@: streams.
1841At the same time, the client is kept abreast of internal changes by
1842virtue of being a @code{libgdb} observer.
1843
1844The only restriction on the client is that it must wait until
1845@code{libgdb} becomes idle before initiating any queries (using the
1846client's custom builder).
1847
1848@section @code{libgdb} components
1849
1850@subheading Observer - @file{gdb-events.h}
1851@file{gdb-events} provides the client with a very raw mechanism that can
1852be used to implement an observer. At present it only allows for one
1853observer and that observer must, internally, handle the need to delay
1854the processing of any event notifications until after @code{libgdb} has
1855finished the current command.
1856
1857@subheading Builder - @file{ui-out.h}
1858@file{ui-out} provides the infrastructure necessary for a client to
1859create a builder. That builder is then passed down to @code{libgdb}
1860when doing any queries.
1861
1862@subheading Event Loop - @file{event-loop.h}
1863@c There could be an entire section on the event-loop
1864@file{event-loop}, currently non-re-entrant, provides a simple event
1865loop. A client would need to either plug its self into this loop or,
587afa38 1866implement a new event-loop that @value{GDBN} would use.
89437448
AC
1867
1868The event-loop will eventually be made re-entrant. This is so that
a9f12a31 1869@value{GDBN} can better handle the problem of some commands blocking
89437448
AC
1870instead of returning.
1871
1872@subheading Library - @file{gdb.h}
1873@file{libgdb} is the most obvious component of this system. It provides
1874the query interface. Each function is parameterized by a @code{ui-out}
1875builder. The result of the query is constructed using that builder
1876before the query function returns.
c906108c 1877
5f5233d4
PA
1878@node Values
1879@chapter Values
1880@section Values
1881
1882@cindex values
1883@cindex @code{value} structure
1884@value{GDBN} uses @code{struct value}, or @dfn{values}, as an internal
1885abstraction for the representation of a variety of inferior objects
1886and @value{GDBN} convenience objects.
1887
1888Values have an associated @code{struct type}, that describes a virtual
1889view of the raw data or object stored in or accessed through the
1890value.
1891
1892A value is in addition discriminated by its lvalue-ness, given its
1893@code{enum lval_type} enumeration type:
1894
1895@cindex @code{lval_type} enumeration, for values.
1896@table @code
1897@item @code{not_lval}
1898This value is not an lval. It can't be assigned to.
1899
1900@item @code{lval_memory}
1901This value represents an object in memory.
1902
1903@item @code{lval_register}
1904This value represents an object that lives in a register.
1905
1906@item @code{lval_internalvar}
1907Represents the value of an internal variable.
1908
1909@item @code{lval_internalvar_component}
1910Represents part of a @value{GDBN} internal variable. E.g., a
1911structure field.
1912
1913@cindex computed values
1914@item @code{lval_computed}
1915These are ``computed'' values. They allow creating specialized value
1916objects for specific purposes, all abstracted away from the core value
1917support code. The creator of such a value writes specialized
1918functions to handle the reading and writing to/from the value's
1919backend data, and optionally, a ``copy operator'' and a
1920``destructor''.
1921
1922Pointers to these functions are stored in a @code{struct lval_funcs}
1923instance (declared in @file{value.h}), and passed to the
1924@code{allocate_computed_value} function, as in the example below.
1925
1926@smallexample
1927static void
1928nil_value_read (struct value *v)
1929@{
1930 /* This callback reads data from some backend, and stores it in V.
1931 In this case, we always read null data. You'll want to fill in
1932 something more interesting. */
1933
1934 memset (value_contents_all_raw (v),
1935 value_offset (v),
1936 TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v)));
1937@}
1938
1939static void
1940nil_value_write (struct value *v, struct value *fromval)
1941@{
1942 /* Takes the data from FROMVAL and stores it in the backend of V. */
1943
1944 to_oblivion (value_contents_all_raw (fromval),
1945 value_offset (v),
1946 TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (fromval)));
1947@}
1948
1949static struct lval_funcs nil_value_funcs =
1950 @{
1951 nil_value_read,
1952 nil_value_write
1953 @};
1954
1955struct value *
1956make_nil_value (void)
1957@{
1958 struct type *type;
1959 struct value *v;
1960
1961 type = make_nils_type ();
1962 v = allocate_computed_value (type, &nil_value_funcs, NULL);
1963
1964 return v;
1965@}
1966@end smallexample
1967
1968See the implementation of the @code{$_siginfo} convenience variable in
1969@file{infrun.c} as a real example use of lval_computed.
1970
1971@end table
1972
669fac23
DJ
1973@node Stack Frames
1974@chapter Stack Frames
1975
1976@cindex frame
1977@cindex call stack frame
1978A frame is a construct that @value{GDBN} uses to keep track of calling
1979and called functions.
1980
1981@cindex unwind frame
1982@value{GDBN}'s frame model, a fresh design, was implemented with the
1983need to support @sc{dwarf}'s Call Frame Information in mind. In fact,
1984the term ``unwind'' is taken directly from that specification.
1985Developers wishing to learn more about unwinders, are encouraged to
1986read the @sc{dwarf} specification, available from
1987@url{http://www.dwarfstd.org}.
1988
1989@findex frame_register_unwind
1990@findex get_frame_register
1991@value{GDBN}'s model is that you find a frame's registers by
1992``unwinding'' them from the next younger frame. That is,
1993@samp{get_frame_register} which returns the value of a register in
1994frame #1 (the next-to-youngest frame), is implemented by calling frame
1995#0's @code{frame_register_unwind} (the youngest frame). But then the
1996obvious question is: how do you access the registers of the youngest
1997frame itself?
1998
1999@cindex sentinel frame
2000@findex get_frame_type
2001@vindex SENTINEL_FRAME
587afa38 2002To answer this question, @value{GDBN} has the @dfn{sentinel} frame, the
669fac23
DJ
2003``-1st'' frame. Unwinding registers from the sentinel frame gives you
2004the current values of the youngest real frame's registers. If @var{f}
2005is a sentinel frame, then @code{get_frame_type (@var{f}) @equiv{}
2006SENTINEL_FRAME}.
2007
2008@section Selecting an Unwinder
2009
2010@findex frame_unwind_prepend_unwinder
2011@findex frame_unwind_append_unwinder
2012The architecture registers a list of frame unwinders (@code{struct
2013frame_unwind}), using the functions
2014@code{frame_unwind_prepend_unwinder} and
2015@code{frame_unwind_append_unwinder}. Each unwinder includes a
2016sniffer. Whenever @value{GDBN} needs to unwind a frame (to fetch the
2017previous frame's registers or the current frame's ID), it calls
2018registered sniffers in order to find one which recognizes the frame.
2019The first time a sniffer returns non-zero, the corresponding unwinder
2020is assigned to the frame.
2021
2022@section Unwinding the Frame ID
2023@cindex frame ID
2024
2025Every frame has an associated ID, of type @code{struct frame_id}.
2026The ID includes the stack base and function start address for
2027the frame. The ID persists through the entire life of the frame,
2028including while other called frames are running; it is used to
2029locate an appropriate @code{struct frame_info} from the cache.
2030
2031Every time the inferior stops, and at various other times, the frame
2032cache is flushed. Because of this, parts of @value{GDBN} which need
2033to keep track of individual frames cannot use pointers to @code{struct
2034frame_info}. A frame ID provides a stable reference to a frame, even
2035when the unwinder must be run again to generate a new @code{struct
2036frame_info} for the same frame.
2037
2038The frame's unwinder's @code{this_id} method is called to find the ID.
2039Note that this is different from register unwinding, where the next
2040frame's @code{prev_register} is called to unwind this frame's
2041registers.
2042
2043Both stack base and function address are required to identify the
2044frame, because a recursive function has the same function address for
2045two consecutive frames and a leaf function may have the same stack
2046address as its caller. On some platforms, a third address is part of
2047the ID to further disambiguate frames---for instance, on IA-64
2048the separate register stack address is included in the ID.
2049
2050An invalid frame ID (@code{null_frame_id}) returned from the
2051@code{this_id} method means to stop unwinding after this frame.
2052
2053@section Unwinding Registers
2054
2055Each unwinder includes a @code{prev_register} method. This method
2056takes a frame, an associated cache pointer, and a register number.
2057It returns a @code{struct value *} describing the requested register,
2058as saved by this frame. This is the value of the register that is
2059current in this frame's caller.
2060
2061The returned value must have the same type as the register. It may
2062have any lvalue type. In most circumstances one of these routines
2063will generate the appropriate value:
2064
2065@table @code
2066@item frame_unwind_got_optimized
2067@findex frame_unwind_got_optimized
2068This register was not saved.
2069
2070@item frame_unwind_got_register
2071@findex frame_unwind_got_register
2072This register was copied into another register in this frame. This
2073is also used for unchanged registers; they are ``copied'' into the
2074same register.
2075
2076@item frame_unwind_got_memory
2077@findex frame_unwind_got_memory
2078This register was saved in memory.
2079
2080@item frame_unwind_got_constant
2081@findex frame_unwind_got_constant
2082This register was not saved, but the unwinder can compute the previous
2083value some other way.
2084
2085@item frame_unwind_got_address
2086@findex frame_unwind_got_address
2087Same as @code{frame_unwind_got_constant}, except that the value is a target
2088address. This is frequently used for the stack pointer, which is not
2089explicitly saved but has a known offset from this frame's stack
2090pointer. For architectures with a flat unified address space, this is
2091generally the same as @code{frame_unwind_got_constant}.
2092@end table
2093
c906108c
SS
2094@node Symbol Handling
2095
2096@chapter Symbol Handling
2097
1f70da6a
SS
2098Symbols are a key part of @value{GDBN}'s operation. Symbols include
2099variables, functions, and types.
2100
2101Symbol information for a large program can be truly massive, and
2102reading of symbol information is one of the major performance
2103bottlenecks in @value{GDBN}; it can take many minutes to process it
2104all. Studies have shown that nearly all the time spent is
2105computational, rather than file reading.
2106
2107One of the ways for @value{GDBN} to provide a good user experience is
2108to start up quickly, taking no more than a few seconds. It is simply
2109not possible to process all of a program's debugging info in that
2110time, and so we attempt to handle symbols incrementally. For instance,
2111we create @dfn{partial symbol tables} consisting of only selected
2112symbols, and only expand them to full symbol tables when necessary.
c906108c
SS
2113
2114@section Symbol Reading
2115
56caf160
EZ
2116@cindex symbol reading
2117@cindex reading of symbols
2118@cindex symbol files
2119@value{GDBN} reads symbols from @dfn{symbol files}. The usual symbol
2120file is the file containing the program which @value{GDBN} is
2121debugging. @value{GDBN} can be directed to use a different file for
2122symbols (with the @samp{symbol-file} command), and it can also read
1f70da6a
SS
2123more symbols via the @samp{add-file} and @samp{load} commands. In
2124addition, it may bring in more symbols while loading shared
2125libraries.
56caf160
EZ
2126
2127@findex find_sym_fns
2128Symbol files are initially opened by code in @file{symfile.c} using
2129the BFD library (@pxref{Support Libraries}). BFD identifies the type
2130of the file by examining its header. @code{find_sym_fns} then uses
2131this identification to locate a set of symbol-reading functions.
2132
2133@findex add_symtab_fns
2134@cindex @code{sym_fns} structure
2135@cindex adding a symbol-reading module
2136Symbol-reading modules identify themselves to @value{GDBN} by calling
c906108c
SS
2137@code{add_symtab_fns} during their module initialization. The argument
2138to @code{add_symtab_fns} is a @code{struct sym_fns} which contains the
2139name (or name prefix) of the symbol format, the length of the prefix,
2140and pointers to four functions. These functions are called at various
56caf160 2141times to process symbol files whose identification matches the specified
c906108c
SS
2142prefix.
2143
2144The functions supplied by each module are:
2145
2146@table @code
2147@item @var{xyz}_symfile_init(struct sym_fns *sf)
2148
56caf160 2149@cindex secondary symbol file
c906108c
SS
2150Called from @code{symbol_file_add} when we are about to read a new
2151symbol file. This function should clean up any internal state (possibly
2152resulting from half-read previous files, for example) and prepare to
56caf160
EZ
2153read a new symbol file. Note that the symbol file which we are reading
2154might be a new ``main'' symbol file, or might be a secondary symbol file
c906108c
SS
2155whose symbols are being added to the existing symbol table.
2156
2157The argument to @code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init} is a newly allocated
2158@code{struct sym_fns} whose @code{bfd} field contains the BFD for the
2159new symbol file being read. Its @code{private} field has been zeroed,
2160and can be modified as desired. Typically, a struct of private
2161information will be @code{malloc}'d, and a pointer to it will be placed
2162in the @code{private} field.
2163
2164There is no result from @code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init}, but it can call
2165@code{error} if it detects an unavoidable problem.
2166
2167@item @var{xyz}_new_init()
2168
2169Called from @code{symbol_file_add} when discarding existing symbols.
56caf160
EZ
2170This function needs only handle the symbol-reading module's internal
2171state; the symbol table data structures visible to the rest of
2172@value{GDBN} will be discarded by @code{symbol_file_add}. It has no
2173arguments and no result. It may be called after
2174@code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init}, if a new symbol table is being read, or
2175may be called alone if all symbols are simply being discarded.
c906108c
SS
2176
2177@item @var{xyz}_symfile_read(struct sym_fns *sf, CORE_ADDR addr, int mainline)
2178
2179Called from @code{symbol_file_add} to actually read the symbols from a
2180symbol-file into a set of psymtabs or symtabs.
2181
56caf160 2182@code{sf} points to the @code{struct sym_fns} originally passed to
c906108c
SS
2183@code{@var{xyz}_sym_init} for possible initialization. @code{addr} is
2184the offset between the file's specified start address and its true
2185address in memory. @code{mainline} is 1 if this is the main symbol
c1468174 2186table being read, and 0 if a secondary symbol file (e.g., shared library
c906108c
SS
2187or dynamically loaded file) is being read.@refill
2188@end table
2189
2190In addition, if a symbol-reading module creates psymtabs when
2191@var{xyz}_symfile_read is called, these psymtabs will contain a pointer
2192to a function @code{@var{xyz}_psymtab_to_symtab}, which can be called
25822942 2193from any point in the @value{GDBN} symbol-handling code.
c906108c
SS
2194
2195@table @code
2196@item @var{xyz}_psymtab_to_symtab (struct partial_symtab *pst)
2197
56caf160 2198Called from @code{psymtab_to_symtab} (or the @code{PSYMTAB_TO_SYMTAB} macro) if
c906108c
SS
2199the psymtab has not already been read in and had its @code{pst->symtab}
2200pointer set. The argument is the psymtab to be fleshed-out into a
56caf160
EZ
2201symtab. Upon return, @code{pst->readin} should have been set to 1, and
2202@code{pst->symtab} should contain a pointer to the new corresponding symtab, or
c906108c
SS
2203zero if there were no symbols in that part of the symbol file.
2204@end table
2205
2206@section Partial Symbol Tables
2207
56caf160 2208@value{GDBN} has three types of symbol tables:
c906108c
SS
2209
2210@itemize @bullet
56caf160
EZ
2211@cindex full symbol table
2212@cindex symtabs
2213@item
2214Full symbol tables (@dfn{symtabs}). These contain the main
2215information about symbols and addresses.
c906108c 2216
56caf160
EZ
2217@cindex psymtabs
2218@item
2219Partial symbol tables (@dfn{psymtabs}). These contain enough
c906108c
SS
2220information to know when to read the corresponding part of the full
2221symbol table.
2222
56caf160
EZ
2223@cindex minimal symbol table
2224@cindex minsymtabs
2225@item
2226Minimal symbol tables (@dfn{msymtabs}). These contain information
c906108c 2227gleaned from non-debugging symbols.
c906108c
SS
2228@end itemize
2229
56caf160 2230@cindex partial symbol table
c906108c
SS
2231This section describes partial symbol tables.
2232
2233A psymtab is constructed by doing a very quick pass over an executable
2234file's debugging information. Small amounts of information are
56caf160 2235extracted---enough to identify which parts of the symbol table will
c906108c 2236need to be re-read and fully digested later, when the user needs the
25822942 2237information. The speed of this pass causes @value{GDBN} to start up very
c906108c
SS
2238quickly. Later, as the detailed rereading occurs, it occurs in small
2239pieces, at various times, and the delay therefrom is mostly invisible to
2240the user.
2241@c (@xref{Symbol Reading}.)
2242
2243The symbols that show up in a file's psymtab should be, roughly, those
2244visible to the debugger's user when the program is not running code from
2245that file. These include external symbols and types, static symbols and
56caf160 2246types, and @code{enum} values declared at file scope.
c906108c
SS
2247
2248The psymtab also contains the range of instruction addresses that the
2249full symbol table would represent.
2250
56caf160
EZ
2251@cindex finding a symbol
2252@cindex symbol lookup
c906108c
SS
2253The idea is that there are only two ways for the user (or much of the
2254code in the debugger) to reference a symbol:
2255
2256@itemize @bullet
56caf160
EZ
2257@findex find_pc_function
2258@findex find_pc_line
2259@item
c1468174 2260By its address (e.g., execution stops at some address which is inside a
56caf160
EZ
2261function in this file). The address will be noticed to be in the
2262range of this psymtab, and the full symtab will be read in.
2263@code{find_pc_function}, @code{find_pc_line}, and other
2264@code{find_pc_@dots{}} functions handle this.
c906108c 2265
56caf160
EZ
2266@cindex lookup_symbol
2267@item
2268By its name
c1468174 2269(e.g., the user asks to print a variable, or set a breakpoint on a
c906108c
SS
2270function). Global names and file-scope names will be found in the
2271psymtab, which will cause the symtab to be pulled in. Local names will
2272have to be qualified by a global name, or a file-scope name, in which
2273case we will have already read in the symtab as we evaluated the
56caf160 2274qualifier. Or, a local symbol can be referenced when we are ``in'' a
c906108c
SS
2275local scope, in which case the first case applies. @code{lookup_symbol}
2276does most of the work here.
c906108c
SS
2277@end itemize
2278
2279The only reason that psymtabs exist is to cause a symtab to be read in
2280at the right moment. Any symbol that can be elided from a psymtab,
2281while still causing that to happen, should not appear in it. Since
2282psymtabs don't have the idea of scope, you can't put local symbols in
2283them anyway. Psymtabs don't have the idea of the type of a symbol,
2284either, so types need not appear, unless they will be referenced by
2285name.
2286
56caf160
EZ
2287It is a bug for @value{GDBN} to behave one way when only a psymtab has
2288been read, and another way if the corresponding symtab has been read
2289in. Such bugs are typically caused by a psymtab that does not contain
2290all the visible symbols, or which has the wrong instruction address
2291ranges.
c906108c 2292
56caf160 2293The psymtab for a particular section of a symbol file (objfile) could be
c906108c
SS
2294thrown away after the symtab has been read in. The symtab should always
2295be searched before the psymtab, so the psymtab will never be used (in a
2296bug-free environment). Currently, psymtabs are allocated on an obstack,
2297and all the psymbols themselves are allocated in a pair of large arrays
2298on an obstack, so there is little to be gained by trying to free them
2299unless you want to do a lot more work.
2300
2301@section Types
2302
56caf160 2303@unnumberedsubsec Fundamental Types (e.g., @code{FT_VOID}, @code{FT_BOOLEAN}).
c906108c 2304
56caf160 2305@cindex fundamental types
25822942 2306These are the fundamental types that @value{GDBN} uses internally. Fundamental
c906108c
SS
2307types from the various debugging formats (stabs, ELF, etc) are mapped
2308into one of these. They are basically a union of all fundamental types
56caf160
EZ
2309that @value{GDBN} knows about for all the languages that @value{GDBN}
2310knows about.
c906108c 2311
56caf160 2312@unnumberedsubsec Type Codes (e.g., @code{TYPE_CODE_PTR}, @code{TYPE_CODE_ARRAY}).
c906108c 2313
56caf160
EZ
2314@cindex type codes
2315Each time @value{GDBN} builds an internal type, it marks it with one
2316of these types. The type may be a fundamental type, such as
2317@code{TYPE_CODE_INT}, or a derived type, such as @code{TYPE_CODE_PTR}
2318which is a pointer to another type. Typically, several @code{FT_*}
2319types map to one @code{TYPE_CODE_*} type, and are distinguished by
2320other members of the type struct, such as whether the type is signed
2321or unsigned, and how many bits it uses.
c906108c 2322
56caf160 2323@unnumberedsubsec Builtin Types (e.g., @code{builtin_type_void}, @code{builtin_type_char}).
c906108c
SS
2324
2325These are instances of type structs that roughly correspond to
56caf160
EZ
2326fundamental types and are created as global types for @value{GDBN} to
2327use for various ugly historical reasons. We eventually want to
2328eliminate these. Note for example that @code{builtin_type_int}
2329initialized in @file{gdbtypes.c} is basically the same as a
2330@code{TYPE_CODE_INT} type that is initialized in @file{c-lang.c} for
2331an @code{FT_INTEGER} fundamental type. The difference is that the
2332@code{builtin_type} is not associated with any particular objfile, and
2333only one instance exists, while @file{c-lang.c} builds as many
2334@code{TYPE_CODE_INT} types as needed, with each one associated with
2335some particular objfile.
c906108c
SS
2336
2337@section Object File Formats
56caf160 2338@cindex object file formats
c906108c
SS
2339
2340@subsection a.out
2341
56caf160
EZ
2342@cindex @code{a.out} format
2343The @code{a.out} format is the original file format for Unix. It
2344consists of three sections: @code{text}, @code{data}, and @code{bss},
2345which are for program code, initialized data, and uninitialized data,
2346respectively.
c906108c 2347
56caf160 2348The @code{a.out} format is so simple that it doesn't have any reserved
c906108c 2349place for debugging information. (Hey, the original Unix hackers used
56caf160
EZ
2350@samp{adb}, which is a machine-language debugger!) The only debugging
2351format for @code{a.out} is stabs, which is encoded as a set of normal
c906108c
SS
2352symbols with distinctive attributes.
2353
56caf160 2354The basic @code{a.out} reader is in @file{dbxread.c}.
c906108c
SS
2355
2356@subsection COFF
2357
56caf160 2358@cindex COFF format
c906108c
SS
2359The COFF format was introduced with System V Release 3 (SVR3) Unix.
2360COFF files may have multiple sections, each prefixed by a header. The
2361number of sections is limited.
2362
2363The COFF specification includes support for debugging. Although this
1f70da6a
SS
2364was a step forward, the debugging information was woefully limited.
2365For instance, it was not possible to represent code that came from an
2366included file. GNU's COFF-using configs often use stabs-type info,
2367encapsulated in special sections.
c906108c
SS
2368
2369The COFF reader is in @file{coffread.c}.
2370
2371@subsection ECOFF
2372
56caf160 2373@cindex ECOFF format
c906108c
SS
2374ECOFF is an extended COFF originally introduced for Mips and Alpha
2375workstations.
2376
2377The basic ECOFF reader is in @file{mipsread.c}.
2378
2379@subsection XCOFF
2380
56caf160 2381@cindex XCOFF format
c906108c
SS
2382The IBM RS/6000 running AIX uses an object file format called XCOFF.
2383The COFF sections, symbols, and line numbers are used, but debugging
56caf160
EZ
2384symbols are @code{dbx}-style stabs whose strings are located in the
2385@code{.debug} section (rather than the string table). For more
2386information, see @ref{Top,,,stabs,The Stabs Debugging Format}.
c906108c
SS
2387
2388The shared library scheme has a clean interface for figuring out what
2389shared libraries are in use, but the catch is that everything which
2390refers to addresses (symbol tables and breakpoints at least) needs to be
2391relocated for both shared libraries and the main executable. At least
2392using the standard mechanism this can only be done once the program has
2393been run (or the core file has been read).
2394
2395@subsection PE
2396
56caf160
EZ
2397@cindex PE-COFF format
2398Windows 95 and NT use the PE (@dfn{Portable Executable}) format for their
c906108c
SS
2399executables. PE is basically COFF with additional headers.
2400
25822942 2401While BFD includes special PE support, @value{GDBN} needs only the basic
c906108c
SS
2402COFF reader.
2403
2404@subsection ELF
2405
56caf160 2406@cindex ELF format
1f70da6a
SS
2407The ELF format came with System V Release 4 (SVR4) Unix. ELF is
2408similar to COFF in being organized into a number of sections, but it
2409removes many of COFF's limitations. Debugging info may be either stabs
2410encapsulated in ELF sections, or more commonly these days, DWARF.
c906108c
SS
2411
2412The basic ELF reader is in @file{elfread.c}.
2413
2414@subsection SOM
2415
56caf160 2416@cindex SOM format
c906108c
SS
2417SOM is HP's object file and debug format (not to be confused with IBM's
2418SOM, which is a cross-language ABI).
2419
1a92f856 2420The SOM reader is in @file{somread.c}.
c906108c 2421
c906108c
SS
2422@section Debugging File Formats
2423
2424This section describes characteristics of debugging information that
2425are independent of the object file format.
2426
2427@subsection stabs
2428
56caf160 2429@cindex stabs debugging info
c906108c
SS
2430@code{stabs} started out as special symbols within the @code{a.out}
2431format. Since then, it has been encapsulated into other file
2432formats, such as COFF and ELF.
2433
2434While @file{dbxread.c} does some of the basic stab processing,
2435including for encapsulated versions, @file{stabsread.c} does
2436the real work.
2437
2438@subsection COFF
2439
56caf160 2440@cindex COFF debugging info
c906108c
SS
2441The basic COFF definition includes debugging information. The level
2442of support is minimal and non-extensible, and is not often used.
2443
2444@subsection Mips debug (Third Eye)
2445
56caf160 2446@cindex ECOFF debugging info
c906108c
SS
2447ECOFF includes a definition of a special debug format.
2448
2449The file @file{mdebugread.c} implements reading for this format.
2450
1f70da6a
SS
2451@c mention DWARF 1 as a formerly-supported format
2452
c906108c
SS
2453@subsection DWARF 2
2454
56caf160 2455@cindex DWARF 2 debugging info
c906108c
SS
2456DWARF 2 is an improved but incompatible version of DWARF 1.
2457
2458The DWARF 2 reader is in @file{dwarf2read.c}.
2459
31fffb02
CS
2460@subsection Compressed DWARF 2
2461
2462@cindex Compressed DWARF 2 debugging info
2463Compressed DWARF 2 is not technically a separate debugging format, but
2464merely DWARF 2 debug information that has been compressed. In this
2465format, every object-file section holding DWARF 2 debugging
2466information is compressed and prepended with a header. (The section
2467is also typically renamed, so a section called @code{.debug_info} in a
2468DWARF 2 binary would be called @code{.zdebug_info} in a compressed
2469DWARF 2 binary.) The header is 12 bytes long:
2470
2471@itemize @bullet
2472@item
24734 bytes: the literal string ``ZLIB''
2474@item
24758 bytes: the uncompressed size of the section, in big-endian byte
2476order.
2477@end itemize
2478
2479The same reader is used for both compressed an normal DWARF 2 info.
2480Section decompression is done in @code{zlib_decompress_section} in
2481@file{dwarf2read.c}.
2482
1f70da6a
SS
2483@subsection DWARF 3
2484
2485@cindex DWARF 3 debugging info
2486DWARF 3 is an improved version of DWARF 2.
2487
c906108c
SS
2488@subsection SOM
2489
56caf160 2490@cindex SOM debugging info
c906108c
SS
2491Like COFF, the SOM definition includes debugging information.
2492
25822942 2493@section Adding a New Symbol Reader to @value{GDBN}
c906108c 2494
56caf160
EZ
2495@cindex adding debugging info reader
2496If you are using an existing object file format (@code{a.out}, COFF, ELF, etc),
c906108c
SS
2497there is probably little to be done.
2498
2499If you need to add a new object file format, you must first add it to
2500BFD. This is beyond the scope of this document.
2501
2502You must then arrange for the BFD code to provide access to the
1f70da6a
SS
2503debugging symbols. Generally @value{GDBN} will have to call swapping
2504routines from BFD and a few other BFD internal routines to locate the
2505debugging information. As much as possible, @value{GDBN} should not
2506depend on the BFD internal data structures.
c906108c
SS
2507
2508For some targets (e.g., COFF), there is a special transfer vector used
2509to call swapping routines, since the external data structures on various
2510platforms have different sizes and layouts. Specialized routines that
2511will only ever be implemented by one object file format may be called
2512directly. This interface should be described in a file
56caf160 2513@file{bfd/lib@var{xyz}.h}, which is included by @value{GDBN}.
c906108c 2514
c91d38aa
DJ
2515@section Memory Management for Symbol Files
2516
2517Most memory associated with a loaded symbol file is stored on
2518its @code{objfile_obstack}. This includes symbols, types,
2519namespace data, and other information produced by the symbol readers.
2520
2521Because this data lives on the objfile's obstack, it is automatically
2522released when the objfile is unloaded or reloaded. Therefore one
2523objfile must not reference symbol or type data from another objfile;
2524they could be unloaded at different times.
2525
2526User convenience variables, et cetera, have associated types. Normally
2527these types live in the associated objfile. However, when the objfile
2528is unloaded, those types are deep copied to global memory, so that
2529the values of the user variables and history items are not lost.
2530
c906108c
SS
2531
2532@node Language Support
2533
2534@chapter Language Support
2535
56caf160
EZ
2536@cindex language support
2537@value{GDBN}'s language support is mainly driven by the symbol reader,
2538although it is possible for the user to set the source language
2539manually.
c906108c 2540
56caf160
EZ
2541@value{GDBN} chooses the source language by looking at the extension
2542of the file recorded in the debug info; @file{.c} means C, @file{.f}
2543means Fortran, etc. It may also use a special-purpose language
2544identifier if the debug format supports it, like with DWARF.
c906108c 2545
25822942 2546@section Adding a Source Language to @value{GDBN}
c906108c 2547
56caf160
EZ
2548@cindex adding source language
2549To add other languages to @value{GDBN}'s expression parser, follow the
2550following steps:
c906108c
SS
2551
2552@table @emph
2553@item Create the expression parser.
2554
56caf160 2555@cindex expression parser
c906108c 2556This should reside in a file @file{@var{lang}-exp.y}. Routines for
56caf160 2557building parsed expressions into a @code{union exp_element} list are in
c906108c
SS
2558@file{parse.c}.
2559
56caf160 2560@cindex language parser
c906108c
SS
2561Since we can't depend upon everyone having Bison, and YACC produces
2562parsers that define a bunch of global names, the following lines
56caf160 2563@strong{must} be included at the top of the YACC parser, to prevent the
c906108c
SS
2564various parsers from defining the same global names:
2565
474c8240 2566@smallexample
56caf160
EZ
2567#define yyparse @var{lang}_parse
2568#define yylex @var{lang}_lex
2569#define yyerror @var{lang}_error
2570#define yylval @var{lang}_lval
2571#define yychar @var{lang}_char
2572#define yydebug @var{lang}_debug
2573#define yypact @var{lang}_pact
2574#define yyr1 @var{lang}_r1
2575#define yyr2 @var{lang}_r2
2576#define yydef @var{lang}_def
2577#define yychk @var{lang}_chk
2578#define yypgo @var{lang}_pgo
2579#define yyact @var{lang}_act
2580#define yyexca @var{lang}_exca
2581#define yyerrflag @var{lang}_errflag
2582#define yynerrs @var{lang}_nerrs
474c8240 2583@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
2584
2585At the bottom of your parser, define a @code{struct language_defn} and
2586initialize it with the right values for your language. Define an
2587@code{initialize_@var{lang}} routine and have it call
25822942 2588@samp{add_language(@var{lang}_language_defn)} to tell the rest of @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
2589that your language exists. You'll need some other supporting variables
2590and functions, which will be used via pointers from your
2591@code{@var{lang}_language_defn}. See the declaration of @code{struct
2592language_defn} in @file{language.h}, and the other @file{*-exp.y} files,
2593for more information.
2594
2595@item Add any evaluation routines, if necessary
2596
56caf160
EZ
2597@cindex expression evaluation routines
2598@findex evaluate_subexp
2599@findex prefixify_subexp
2600@findex length_of_subexp
c906108c
SS
2601If you need new opcodes (that represent the operations of the language),
2602add them to the enumerated type in @file{expression.h}. Add support
56caf160
EZ
2603code for these operations in the @code{evaluate_subexp} function
2604defined in the file @file{eval.c}. Add cases
c906108c 2605for new opcodes in two functions from @file{parse.c}:
56caf160 2606@code{prefixify_subexp} and @code{length_of_subexp}. These compute
c906108c
SS
2607the number of @code{exp_element}s that a given operation takes up.
2608
2609@item Update some existing code
2610
2611Add an enumerated identifier for your language to the enumerated type
2612@code{enum language} in @file{defs.h}.
2613
2614Update the routines in @file{language.c} so your language is included.
2615These routines include type predicates and such, which (in some cases)
2616are language dependent. If your language does not appear in the switch
2617statement, an error is reported.
2618
56caf160 2619@vindex current_language
c906108c
SS
2620Also included in @file{language.c} is the code that updates the variable
2621@code{current_language}, and the routines that translate the
2622@code{language_@var{lang}} enumerated identifier into a printable
2623string.
2624
56caf160 2625@findex _initialize_language
c906108c
SS
2626Update the function @code{_initialize_language} to include your
2627language. This function picks the default language upon startup, so is
25822942 2628dependent upon which languages that @value{GDBN} is built for.
c906108c 2629
56caf160 2630@findex allocate_symtab
c906108c
SS
2631Update @code{allocate_symtab} in @file{symfile.c} and/or symbol-reading
2632code so that the language of each symtab (source file) is set properly.
2633This is used to determine the language to use at each stack frame level.
2634Currently, the language is set based upon the extension of the source
2635file. If the language can be better inferred from the symbol
2636information, please set the language of the symtab in the symbol-reading
2637code.
2638
56caf160
EZ
2639@findex print_subexp
2640@findex op_print_tab
2641Add helper code to @code{print_subexp} (in @file{expprint.c}) to handle any new
c906108c
SS
2642expression opcodes you have added to @file{expression.h}. Also, add the
2643printed representations of your operators to @code{op_print_tab}.
2644
2645@item Add a place of call
2646
56caf160 2647@findex parse_exp_1
c906108c 2648Add a call to @code{@var{lang}_parse()} and @code{@var{lang}_error} in
56caf160 2649@code{parse_exp_1} (defined in @file{parse.c}).
c906108c 2650
c906108c
SS
2651@item Edit @file{Makefile.in}
2652
2653Add dependencies in @file{Makefile.in}. Make sure you update the macro
2654variables such as @code{HFILES} and @code{OBJS}, otherwise your code may
2655not get linked in, or, worse yet, it may not get @code{tar}red into the
2656distribution!
c906108c
SS
2657@end table
2658
2659
2660@node Host Definition
2661
2662@chapter Host Definition
2663
56caf160 2664With the advent of Autoconf, it's rarely necessary to have host
7fd60527
AC
2665definition machinery anymore. The following information is provided,
2666mainly, as an historical reference.
c906108c
SS
2667
2668@section Adding a New Host
2669
56caf160
EZ
2670@cindex adding a new host
2671@cindex host, adding
7fd60527
AC
2672@value{GDBN}'s host configuration support normally happens via Autoconf.
2673New host-specific definitions should not be needed. Older hosts
2674@value{GDBN} still use the host-specific definitions and files listed
2675below, but these mostly exist for historical reasons, and will
56caf160 2676eventually disappear.
c906108c 2677
c906108c 2678@table @file
c906108c 2679@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{xyz}.mh
1f70da6a
SS
2680This file is a Makefile fragment that once contained both host and
2681native configuration information (@pxref{Native Debugging}) for the
2682machine @var{xyz}. The host configuration information is now handled
2683by Autoconf.
7fd60527 2684
1f70da6a 2685Host configuration information included definitions for @code{CC},
7708fa01
AC
2686@code{SYSV_DEFINE}, @code{XM_CFLAGS}, @code{XM_ADD_FILES},
2687@code{XM_CLIBS}, @code{XM_CDEPS}, etc.; see @file{Makefile.in}.
c906108c 2688
1f70da6a 2689New host-only configurations do not need this file.
c906108c 2690
c906108c
SS
2691@end table
2692
1f70da6a
SS
2693(Files named @file{gdb/config/@var{arch}/xm-@var{xyz}.h} were once
2694used to define host-specific macros, but were no longer needed and
2695have all been removed.)
2696
c906108c
SS
2697@subheading Generic Host Support Files
2698
56caf160 2699@cindex generic host support
c906108c 2700There are some ``generic'' versions of routines that can be used by
1f70da6a 2701various systems.
c906108c
SS
2702
2703@table @file
56caf160
EZ
2704@cindex remote debugging support
2705@cindex serial line support
c906108c 2706@item ser-unix.c
1f70da6a
SS
2707This contains serial line support for Unix systems. It is included by
2708default on all Unix-like hosts.
2709
2710@item ser-pipe.c
2711This contains serial pipe support for Unix systems. It is included by
2712default on all Unix-like hosts.
2713
2714@item ser-mingw.c
2715This contains serial line support for 32-bit programs running under
2716Windows using MinGW.
c906108c
SS
2717
2718@item ser-go32.c
2719This contains serial line support for 32-bit programs running under DOS,
56caf160 2720using the DJGPP (a.k.a.@: GO32) execution environment.
c906108c 2721
56caf160 2722@cindex TCP remote support
c906108c 2723@item ser-tcp.c
1f70da6a
SS
2724This contains generic TCP support using sockets. It is included by
2725default on all Unix-like hosts and with MinGW.
c906108c
SS
2726@end table
2727
2728@section Host Conditionals
2729
56caf160
EZ
2730When @value{GDBN} is configured and compiled, various macros are
2731defined or left undefined, to control compilation based on the
1f70da6a
SS
2732attributes of the host system. While formerly they could be set in
2733host-specific header files, at present they can be changed only by
2734setting @code{CFLAGS} when building, or by editing the source code.
2735
2736These macros and their meanings (or if the meaning is not documented
2737here, then one of the source files where they are used is indicated)
2738are:
c906108c 2739
56caf160 2740@ftable @code
25822942 2741@item @value{GDBN}INIT_FILENAME
56caf160
EZ
2742The default name of @value{GDBN}'s initialization file (normally
2743@file{.gdbinit}).
c906108c 2744
c906108c
SS
2745@item SIGWINCH_HANDLER
2746If your host defines @code{SIGWINCH}, you can define this to be the name
2747of a function to be called if @code{SIGWINCH} is received.
2748
2749@item SIGWINCH_HANDLER_BODY
2750Define this to expand into code that will define the function named by
2751the expansion of @code{SIGWINCH_HANDLER}.
2752
c906108c 2753@item CRLF_SOURCE_FILES
56caf160 2754@cindex DOS text files
c906108c
SS
2755Define this if host files use @code{\r\n} rather than @code{\n} as a
2756line terminator. This will cause source file listings to omit @code{\r}
56caf160
EZ
2757characters when printing and it will allow @code{\r\n} line endings of files
2758which are ``sourced'' by gdb. It must be possible to open files in binary
c906108c
SS
2759mode using @code{O_BINARY} or, for fopen, @code{"rb"}.
2760
2761@item DEFAULT_PROMPT
56caf160 2762@cindex prompt
c906108c
SS
2763The default value of the prompt string (normally @code{"(gdb) "}).
2764
2765@item DEV_TTY
56caf160 2766@cindex terminal device
c906108c
SS
2767The name of the generic TTY device, defaults to @code{"/dev/tty"}.
2768
c906108c
SS
2769@item ISATTY
2770Substitute for isatty, if not available.
2771
1f70da6a
SS
2772@item FOPEN_RB
2773Define this if binary files are opened the same way as text files.
c906108c
SS
2774
2775@item CC_HAS_LONG_LONG
56caf160
EZ
2776@cindex @code{long long} data type
2777Define this if the host C compiler supports @code{long long}. This is set
2778by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2779
2780@item PRINTF_HAS_LONG_LONG
2781Define this if the host can handle printing of long long integers via
56caf160
EZ
2782the printf format conversion specifier @code{ll}. This is set by the
2783@code{configure} script.
c906108c 2784
c906108c
SS
2785@item LSEEK_NOT_LINEAR
2786Define this if @code{lseek (n)} does not necessarily move to byte number
2787@code{n} in the file. This is only used when reading source files. It
2788is normally faster to define @code{CRLF_SOURCE_FILES} when possible.
2789
c906108c
SS
2790@item NORETURN
2791If defined, this should be one or more tokens, such as @code{volatile},
2792that can be used in both the declaration and definition of functions to
2793indicate that they never return. The default is already set correctly
2794if compiling with GCC. This will almost never need to be defined.
2795
2796@item ATTR_NORETURN
2797If defined, this should be one or more tokens, such as
2798@code{__attribute__ ((noreturn))}, that can be used in the declarations
2799of functions to indicate that they never return. The default is already
2800set correctly if compiling with GCC. This will almost never need to be
2801defined.
2802
c906108c 2803@item lint
56caf160 2804Define this to help placate @code{lint} in some situations.
c906108c
SS
2805
2806@item volatile
2807Define this to override the defaults of @code{__volatile__} or
2808@code{/**/}.
56caf160 2809@end ftable
c906108c
SS
2810
2811
2812@node Target Architecture Definition
2813
2814@chapter Target Architecture Definition
2815
56caf160
EZ
2816@cindex target architecture definition
2817@value{GDBN}'s target architecture defines what sort of
2818machine-language programs @value{GDBN} can work with, and how it works
2819with them.
c906108c 2820
af6c57ea
AC
2821The target architecture object is implemented as the C structure
2822@code{struct gdbarch *}. The structure, and its methods, are generated
93c2c750 2823using the Bourne shell script @file{gdbarch.sh}.
c906108c 2824
b6fd0dfb
NR
2825@menu
2826* OS ABI Variant Handling::
2827* Initialize New Architecture::
2828* Registers and Memory::
2829* Pointers and Addresses::
2830* Address Classes::
587afa38 2831* Register Representation::
b6fd0dfb
NR
2832* Frame Interpretation::
2833* Inferior Call Setup::
b39f4988 2834* Adding support for debugging core files::
587afa38 2835* Defining Other Architecture Features::
b6fd0dfb 2836* Adding a New Target::
b6fd0dfb
NR
2837@end menu
2838
2839@node OS ABI Variant Handling
70f80edf
JT
2840@section Operating System ABI Variant Handling
2841@cindex OS ABI variants
2842
2843@value{GDBN} provides a mechanism for handling variations in OS
2844ABIs. An OS ABI variant may have influence over any number of
2845variables in the target architecture definition. There are two major
2846components in the OS ABI mechanism: sniffers and handlers.
2847
2848A @dfn{sniffer} examines a file matching a BFD architecture/flavour pair
2849(the architecture may be wildcarded) in an attempt to determine the
2850OS ABI of that file. Sniffers with a wildcarded architecture are considered
2851to be @dfn{generic}, while sniffers for a specific architecture are
2852considered to be @dfn{specific}. A match from a specific sniffer
2853overrides a match from a generic sniffer. Multiple sniffers for an
2854architecture/flavour may exist, in order to differentiate between two
2855different operating systems which use the same basic file format. The
2856OS ABI framework provides a generic sniffer for ELF-format files which
2857examines the @code{EI_OSABI} field of the ELF header, as well as note
2858sections known to be used by several operating systems.
2859
2860@cindex fine-tuning @code{gdbarch} structure
2861A @dfn{handler} is used to fine-tune the @code{gdbarch} structure for the
2862selected OS ABI. There may be only one handler for a given OS ABI
2863for each BFD architecture.
2864
f4b3909f 2865The following OS ABI variants are defined in @file{defs.h}:
70f80edf
JT
2866
2867@table @code
2868
f4b3909f
EZ
2869@findex GDB_OSABI_UNINITIALIZED
2870@item GDB_OSABI_UNINITIALIZED
2871Used for struct gdbarch_info if ABI is still uninitialized.
2872
70f80edf
JT
2873@findex GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN
2874@item GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN
2875The ABI of the inferior is unknown. The default @code{gdbarch}
2876settings for the architecture will be used.
2877
2878@findex GDB_OSABI_SVR4
2879@item GDB_OSABI_SVR4
f4b3909f 2880UNIX System V Release 4.
70f80edf
JT
2881
2882@findex GDB_OSABI_HURD
2883@item GDB_OSABI_HURD
f4b3909f 2884GNU using the Hurd kernel.
70f80edf
JT
2885
2886@findex GDB_OSABI_SOLARIS
2887@item GDB_OSABI_SOLARIS
f4b3909f 2888Sun Solaris.
70f80edf
JT
2889
2890@findex GDB_OSABI_OSF1
2891@item GDB_OSABI_OSF1
f4b3909f 2892OSF/1, including Digital UNIX and Compaq Tru64 UNIX.
70f80edf
JT
2893
2894@findex GDB_OSABI_LINUX
2895@item GDB_OSABI_LINUX
f4b3909f 2896GNU using the Linux kernel.
70f80edf
JT
2897
2898@findex GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_AOUT
2899@item GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_AOUT
f4b3909f 2900FreeBSD using the @code{a.out} executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2901
2902@findex GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_ELF
2903@item GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_ELF
f4b3909f 2904FreeBSD using the ELF executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2905
2906@findex GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_AOUT
2907@item GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_AOUT
f4b3909f 2908NetBSD using the @code{a.out} executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2909
2910@findex GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_ELF
2911@item GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_ELF
f4b3909f
EZ
2912NetBSD using the ELF executable format.
2913
2914@findex GDB_OSABI_OPENBSD_ELF
2915@item GDB_OSABI_OPENBSD_ELF
2916OpenBSD using the ELF executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2917
2918@findex GDB_OSABI_WINCE
2919@item GDB_OSABI_WINCE
f4b3909f 2920Windows CE.
70f80edf 2921
1029b7fa
MK
2922@findex GDB_OSABI_GO32
2923@item GDB_OSABI_GO32
f4b3909f 2924DJGPP.
1029b7fa 2925
f4b3909f
EZ
2926@findex GDB_OSABI_IRIX
2927@item GDB_OSABI_IRIX
2928Irix.
2929
f4b3909f
EZ
2930@findex GDB_OSABI_INTERIX
2931@item GDB_OSABI_INTERIX
2932Interix (Posix layer for MS-Windows systems).
1029b7fa 2933
f4b3909f
EZ
2934@findex GDB_OSABI_HPUX_ELF
2935@item GDB_OSABI_HPUX_ELF
2936HP/UX using the ELF executable format.
70f80edf 2937
f4b3909f
EZ
2938@findex GDB_OSABI_HPUX_SOM
2939@item GDB_OSABI_HPUX_SOM
2940HP/UX using the SOM executable format.
70f80edf 2941
f4b3909f
EZ
2942@findex GDB_OSABI_QNXNTO
2943@item GDB_OSABI_QNXNTO
2944QNX Neutrino.
2945
2946@findex GDB_OSABI_CYGWIN
2947@item GDB_OSABI_CYGWIN
2948Cygwin.
2949
2950@findex GDB_OSABI_AIX
2951@item GDB_OSABI_AIX
2952AIX.
70f80edf
JT
2953
2954@end table
2955
2956Here are the functions that make up the OS ABI framework:
2957
587afa38 2958@deftypefun {const char *} gdbarch_osabi_name (enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi})
70f80edf
JT
2959Return the name of the OS ABI corresponding to @var{osabi}.
2960@end deftypefun
2961
c133ab7a 2962@deftypefun void gdbarch_register_osabi (enum bfd_architecture @var{arch}, unsigned long @var{machine}, enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi}, void (*@var{init_osabi})(struct gdbarch_info @var{info}, struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}))
70f80edf 2963Register the OS ABI handler specified by @var{init_osabi} for the
c133ab7a
MK
2964architecture, machine type and OS ABI specified by @var{arch},
2965@var{machine} and @var{osabi}. In most cases, a value of zero for the
2966machine type, which implies the architecture's default machine type,
2967will suffice.
70f80edf
JT
2968@end deftypefun
2969
2970@deftypefun void gdbarch_register_osabi_sniffer (enum bfd_architecture @var{arch}, enum bfd_flavour @var{flavour}, enum gdb_osabi (*@var{sniffer})(bfd *@var{abfd}))
2971Register the OS ABI file sniffer specified by @var{sniffer} for the
2972BFD architecture/flavour pair specified by @var{arch} and @var{flavour}.
2973If @var{arch} is @code{bfd_arch_unknown}, the sniffer is considered to
2974be generic, and is allowed to examine @var{flavour}-flavoured files for
2975any architecture.
2976@end deftypefun
2977
587afa38 2978@deftypefun {enum gdb_osabi} gdbarch_lookup_osabi (bfd *@var{abfd})
70f80edf
JT
2979Examine the file described by @var{abfd} to determine its OS ABI.
2980The value @code{GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN} is returned if the OS ABI cannot
2981be determined.
2982@end deftypefun
2983
2984@deftypefun void gdbarch_init_osabi (struct gdbarch info @var{info}, struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi})
2985Invoke the OS ABI handler corresponding to @var{osabi} to fine-tune the
2986@code{gdbarch} structure specified by @var{gdbarch}. If a handler
2987corresponding to @var{osabi} has not been registered for @var{gdbarch}'s
2988architecture, a warning will be issued and the debugging session will continue
2989with the defaults already established for @var{gdbarch}.
2990@end deftypefun
2991
f4b3909f
EZ
2992@deftypefun void generic_elf_osabi_sniff_abi_tag_sections (bfd *@var{abfd}, asection *@var{sect}, void *@var{obj})
2993Helper routine for ELF file sniffers. Examine the file described by
2994@var{abfd} and look at ABI tag note sections to determine the OS ABI
2995from the note. This function should be called via
2996@code{bfd_map_over_sections}.
2997@end deftypefun
2998
b6fd0dfb 2999@node Initialize New Architecture
7a107747
DJ
3000@section Initializing a New Architecture
3001
587afa38
EZ
3002@menu
3003* How an Architecture is Represented::
3004* Looking Up an Existing Architecture::
3005* Creating a New Architecture::
3006@end menu
3007
3008@node How an Architecture is Represented
3009@subsection How an Architecture is Represented
3010@cindex architecture representation
3011@cindex representation of architecture
3012
7a107747 3013Each @code{gdbarch} is associated with a single @sc{bfd} architecture,
587afa38
EZ
3014via a @code{bfd_arch_@var{arch}} in the @code{bfd_architecture}
3015enumeration. The @code{gdbarch} is registered by a call to
3016@code{register_gdbarch_init}, usually from the file's
3017@code{_initialize_@var{filename}} routine, which will be automatically
3018called during @value{GDBN} startup. The arguments are a @sc{bfd}
3019architecture constant and an initialization function.
3020
3021@findex _initialize_@var{arch}_tdep
3022@cindex @file{@var{arch}-tdep.c}
3023A @value{GDBN} description for a new architecture, @var{arch} is created by
3024defining a global function @code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep}, by
3025convention in the source file @file{@var{arch}-tdep.c}. For example,
3026in the case of the OpenRISC 1000, this function is called
3027@code{_initialize_or1k_tdep} and is found in the file
3028@file{or1k-tdep.c}.
3029
3030@cindex @file{configure.tgt}
3031@cindex @code{gdbarch}
3032@findex gdbarch_register
3033The resulting object files containing the implementation of the
3034@code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep} function are specified in the @value{GDBN}
3035@file{configure.tgt} file, which includes a large case statement
3036pattern matching against the @code{--target} option of the
3037@code{configure} script. The new @code{struct gdbarch} is created
3038within the @code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep} function by calling
3039@code{gdbarch_register}:
3040
3041@smallexample
3042void gdbarch_register (enum bfd_architecture @var{architecture},
3043 gdbarch_init_ftype *@var{init_func},
3044 gdbarch_dump_tdep_ftype *@var{tdep_dump_func});
3045@end smallexample
3046
3047The @var{architecture} will identify the unique @sc{bfd} to be
3048associated with this @code{gdbarch}. The @var{init_func} funciton is
3049called to create and return the new @code{struct gdbarch}. The
3050@var{tdep_dump_func} function will dump the target specific details
3051associated with this architecture.
3052
3053For example the function @code{_initialize_or1k_tdep} creates its
3054architecture for 32-bit OpenRISC 1000 architectures by calling:
3055
3056@smallexample
3057gdbarch_register (bfd_arch_or32, or1k_gdbarch_init, or1k_dump_tdep);
3058@end smallexample
3059
3060@node Looking Up an Existing Architecture
3061@subsection Looking Up an Existing Architecture
3062@cindex @code{gdbarch} lookup
7a107747 3063
587afa38 3064The initialization function has this prototype:
7a107747
DJ
3065
3066@smallexample
3067static struct gdbarch *
3068@var{arch}_gdbarch_init (struct gdbarch_info @var{info},
3069 struct gdbarch_list *@var{arches})
3070@end smallexample
3071
3072The @var{info} argument contains parameters used to select the correct
3073architecture, and @var{arches} is a list of architectures which
3074have already been created with the same @code{bfd_arch_@var{arch}}
3075value.
3076
3077The initialization function should first make sure that @var{info}
3078is acceptable, and return @code{NULL} if it is not. Then, it should
3079search through @var{arches} for an exact match to @var{info}, and
3080return one if found. Lastly, if no exact match was found, it should
3081create a new architecture based on @var{info} and return it.
3082
587afa38
EZ
3083@findex gdbarch_list_lookup_by_info
3084@cindex @code{gdbarch_info}
3085The lookup is done using @code{gdbarch_list_lookup_by_info}. It is
3086passed the list of existing architectures, @var{arches}, and the
3087@code{struct gdbarch_info}, @var{info}, and returns the first matching
3088architecture it finds, or @code{NULL} if none are found. If an
3089architecture is found it can be returned as the result from the
3090initialization function, otherwise a new @code{struct gdbach} will need
3091to be created.
3092
3093The struct gdbarch_info has the following components:
3094
3095@smallexample
3096struct gdbarch_info
3097@{
3098 const struct bfd_arch_info *bfd_arch_info;
3099 int byte_order;
3100 bfd *abfd;
3101 struct gdbarch_tdep_info *tdep_info;
3102 enum gdb_osabi osabi;
3103 const struct target_desc *target_desc;
3104@};
3105@end smallexample
3106
3107@vindex bfd_arch_info
3108The @code{bfd_arch_info} member holds the key details about the
3109architecture. The @code{byte_order} member is a value in an
3110enumeration indicating the endianism. The @code{abfd} member is a
3111pointer to the full @sc{bfd}, the @code{tdep_info} member is
3112additional custom target specific information, @code{osabi} identifies
3113which (if any) of a number of operating specific ABIs are used by this
3114architecture and the @code{target_desc} member is a set of name-value
3115pairs with information about register usage in this target.
3116
3117When the @code{struct gdbarch} initialization function is called, not
3118all the fields are provided---only those which can be deduced from the
3119@sc{bfd}. The @code{struct gdbarch_info}, @var{info} is used as a
3120look-up key with the list of existing architectures, @var{arches} to
3121see if a suitable architecture already exists. The @var{tdep_info},
3122@var{osabi} and @var{target_desc} fields may be added before this
3123lookup to refine the search.
3124
7a107747
DJ
3125Only information in @var{info} should be used to choose the new
3126architecture. Historically, @var{info} could be sparse, and
3127defaults would be collected from the first element on @var{arches}.
3128However, @value{GDBN} now fills in @var{info} more thoroughly,
3129so new @code{gdbarch} initialization functions should not take
3130defaults from @var{arches}.
3131
587afa38
EZ
3132@node Creating a New Architecture
3133@subsection Creating a New Architecture
3134@cindex @code{struct gdbarch} creation
3135
3136@findex gdbarch_alloc
3137@cindex @code{gdbarch_tdep} when allocating new @code{gdbarch}
3138If no architecture is found, then a new architecture must be created,
3139by calling @code{gdbarch_alloc} using the supplied @code{@w{struct
3140gdbarch_info}} and any additional custom target specific
3141information in a @code{struct gdbarch_tdep}. The prototype for
3142@code{gdbarch_alloc} is:
3143
3144@smallexample
3145struct gdbarch *gdbarch_alloc (const struct gdbarch_info *@var{info},
3146 struct gdbarch_tdep *@var{tdep});
3147@end smallexample
3148
3149@cindex @code{set_gdbarch} functions
3150@cindex @code{gdbarch} accessor functions
3151The newly created struct gdbarch must then be populated. Although
3152there are default values, in most cases they are not what is
3153required.
3154
3155For each element, @var{X}, there is are a pair of corresponding accessor
3156functions, one to set the value of that element,
3157@code{set_gdbarch_@var{X}}, the second to either get the value of an
3158element (if it is a variable) or to apply the element (if it is a
3159function), @code{gdbarch_@var{X}}. Note that both accessor functions
3160take a pointer to the @code{@w{struct gdbarch}} as first
3161argument. Populating the new @code{gdbarch} should use the
3162@code{set_gdbarch} functions.
3163
3164The following sections identify the main elements that should be set
3165in this way. This is not the complete list, but represents the
3166functions and elements that must commonly be specified for a new
3167architecture. Many of the functions and variables are described in the
3168header file @file{gdbarch.h}.
3169
3170This is the main work in defining a new architecture. Implementing the
3171set of functions to populate the @code{struct gdbarch}.
3172
3173@cindex @code{gdbarch_tdep} definition
3174@code{struct gdbarch_tdep} is not defined within @value{GDBN}---it is up
3175to the user to define this struct if it is needed to hold custom target
3176information that is not covered by the standard @code{@w{struct
3177gdbarch}}. For example with the OpenRISC 1000 architecture it is used to
3178hold the number of matchpoints available in the target (along with other
3179information).
3180
3181If there is no additional target specific information, it can be set to
3182@code{NULL}.
3183
b6fd0dfb 3184@node Registers and Memory
c906108c
SS
3185@section Registers and Memory
3186
56caf160
EZ
3187@value{GDBN}'s model of the target machine is rather simple.
3188@value{GDBN} assumes the machine includes a bank of registers and a
3189block of memory. Each register may have a different size.
c906108c 3190
56caf160
EZ
3191@value{GDBN} does not have a magical way to match up with the
3192compiler's idea of which registers are which; however, it is critical
3193that they do match up accurately. The only way to make this work is
3194to get accurate information about the order that the compiler uses,
4a9bb1df 3195and to reflect that in the @code{gdbarch_register_name} and related functions.
c906108c 3196
25822942 3197@value{GDBN} can handle big-endian, little-endian, and bi-endian architectures.
c906108c 3198
b6fd0dfb 3199@node Pointers and Addresses
93e79dbd
JB
3200@section Pointers Are Not Always Addresses
3201@cindex pointer representation
3202@cindex address representation
3203@cindex word-addressed machines
3204@cindex separate data and code address spaces
3205@cindex spaces, separate data and code address
3206@cindex address spaces, separate data and code
3207@cindex code pointers, word-addressed
3208@cindex converting between pointers and addresses
3209@cindex D10V addresses
3210
3211On almost all 32-bit architectures, the representation of a pointer is
3212indistinguishable from the representation of some fixed-length number
3213whose value is the byte address of the object pointed to. On such
56caf160 3214machines, the words ``pointer'' and ``address'' can be used interchangeably.
93e79dbd
JB
3215However, architectures with smaller word sizes are often cramped for
3216address space, so they may choose a pointer representation that breaks this
3217identity, and allows a larger code address space.
3218
1f70da6a
SS
3219@c D10V is gone from sources - more current example?
3220
172c2a43 3221For example, the Renesas D10V is a 16-bit VLIW processor whose
93e79dbd
JB
3222instructions are 32 bits long@footnote{Some D10V instructions are
3223actually pairs of 16-bit sub-instructions. However, since you can't
3224jump into the middle of such a pair, code addresses can only refer to
3225full 32 bit instructions, which is what matters in this explanation.}.
3226If the D10V used ordinary byte addresses to refer to code locations,
3227then the processor would only be able to address 64kb of instructions.
3228However, since instructions must be aligned on four-byte boundaries, the
56caf160
EZ
3229low two bits of any valid instruction's byte address are always
3230zero---byte addresses waste two bits. So instead of byte addresses,
3231the D10V uses word addresses---byte addresses shifted right two bits---to
93e79dbd
JB
3232refer to code. Thus, the D10V can use 16-bit words to address 256kb of
3233code space.
3234
3235However, this means that code pointers and data pointers have different
3236forms on the D10V. The 16-bit word @code{0xC020} refers to byte address
3237@code{0xC020} when used as a data address, but refers to byte address
3238@code{0x30080} when used as a code address.
3239
3240(The D10V also uses separate code and data address spaces, which also
3241affects the correspondence between pointers and addresses, but we're
3242going to ignore that here; this example is already too long.)
3243
56caf160
EZ
3244To cope with architectures like this---the D10V is not the only
3245one!---@value{GDBN} tries to distinguish between @dfn{addresses}, which are
93e79dbd
JB
3246byte numbers, and @dfn{pointers}, which are the target's representation
3247of an address of a particular type of data. In the example above,
3248@code{0xC020} is the pointer, which refers to one of the addresses
3249@code{0xC020} or @code{0x30080}, depending on the type imposed upon it.
3250@value{GDBN} provides functions for turning a pointer into an address
3251and vice versa, in the appropriate way for the current architecture.
3252
3253Unfortunately, since addresses and pointers are identical on almost all
3254processors, this distinction tends to bit-rot pretty quickly. Thus,
3255each time you port @value{GDBN} to an architecture which does
3256distinguish between pointers and addresses, you'll probably need to
3257clean up some architecture-independent code.
3258
3259Here are functions which convert between pointers and addresses:
3260
3261@deftypefun CORE_ADDR extract_typed_address (void *@var{buf}, struct type *@var{type})
3262Treat the bytes at @var{buf} as a pointer or reference of type
3263@var{type}, and return the address it represents, in a manner
3264appropriate for the current architecture. This yields an address
3265@value{GDBN} can use to read target memory, disassemble, etc. Note that
3266@var{buf} refers to a buffer in @value{GDBN}'s memory, not the
3267inferior's.
3268
3269For example, if the current architecture is the Intel x86, this function
3270extracts a little-endian integer of the appropriate length from
3271@var{buf} and returns it. However, if the current architecture is the
3272D10V, this function will return a 16-bit integer extracted from
3273@var{buf}, multiplied by four if @var{type} is a pointer to a function.
3274
3275If @var{type} is not a pointer or reference type, then this function
3276will signal an internal error.
3277@end deftypefun
3278
3279@deftypefun CORE_ADDR store_typed_address (void *@var{buf}, struct type *@var{type}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
3280Store the address @var{addr} in @var{buf}, in the proper format for a
3281pointer of type @var{type} in the current architecture. Note that
3282@var{buf} refers to a buffer in @value{GDBN}'s memory, not the
3283inferior's.
3284
3285For example, if the current architecture is the Intel x86, this function
3286stores @var{addr} unmodified as a little-endian integer of the
3287appropriate length in @var{buf}. However, if the current architecture
3288is the D10V, this function divides @var{addr} by four if @var{type} is
3289a pointer to a function, and then stores it in @var{buf}.
3290
3291If @var{type} is not a pointer or reference type, then this function
3292will signal an internal error.
3293@end deftypefun
3294
f23631e4 3295@deftypefun CORE_ADDR value_as_address (struct value *@var{val})
93e79dbd
JB
3296Assuming that @var{val} is a pointer, return the address it represents,
3297as appropriate for the current architecture.
3298
3299This function actually works on integral values, as well as pointers.
3300For pointers, it performs architecture-specific conversions as
3301described above for @code{extract_typed_address}.
3302@end deftypefun
3303
3304@deftypefun CORE_ADDR value_from_pointer (struct type *@var{type}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
3305Create and return a value representing a pointer of type @var{type} to
3306the address @var{addr}, as appropriate for the current architecture.
3307This function performs architecture-specific conversions as described
3308above for @code{store_typed_address}.
3309@end deftypefun
3310
4a9bb1df 3311Here are two functions which architectures can define to indicate the
93e79dbd
JB
3312relationship between pointers and addresses. These have default
3313definitions, appropriate for architectures on which all pointers are
fc0c74b1 3314simple unsigned byte addresses.
93e79dbd 3315
4a9bb1df 3316@deftypefun CORE_ADDR gdbarch_pointer_to_address (struct gdbarch *@var{current_gdbarch}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf})
93e79dbd
JB
3317Assume that @var{buf} holds a pointer of type @var{type}, in the
3318appropriate format for the current architecture. Return the byte
3319address the pointer refers to.
3320
3321This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 3322C@t{++} reference type.
4a9bb1df 3323@end deftypefun
93e79dbd 3324
4a9bb1df 3325@deftypefun void gdbarch_address_to_pointer (struct gdbarch *@var{current_gdbarch}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
93e79dbd
JB
3326Store in @var{buf} a pointer of type @var{type} representing the address
3327@var{addr}, in the appropriate format for the current architecture.
3328
3329This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 3330C@t{++} reference type.
4a9bb1df 3331@end deftypefun
93e79dbd 3332
b6fd0dfb 3333@node Address Classes
b5b0480a
KB
3334@section Address Classes
3335@cindex address classes
3336@cindex DW_AT_byte_size
3337@cindex DW_AT_address_class
3338
3339Sometimes information about different kinds of addresses is available
3340via the debug information. For example, some programming environments
3341define addresses of several different sizes. If the debug information
3342distinguishes these kinds of address classes through either the size
3343info (e.g, @code{DW_AT_byte_size} in @w{DWARF 2}) or through an explicit
3344address class attribute (e.g, @code{DW_AT_address_class} in @w{DWARF 2}), the
3345following macros should be defined in order to disambiguate these
3346types within @value{GDBN} as well as provide the added information to
3347a @value{GDBN} user when printing type expressions.
3348
4a9bb1df 3349@deftypefun int gdbarch_address_class_type_flags (struct gdbarch *@var{current_gdbarch}, int @var{byte_size}, int @var{dwarf2_addr_class})
b5b0480a
KB
3350Returns the type flags needed to construct a pointer type whose size
3351is @var{byte_size} and whose address class is @var{dwarf2_addr_class}.
3352This function is normally called from within a symbol reader. See
3353@file{dwarf2read.c}.
4a9bb1df 3354@end deftypefun
b5b0480a 3355
587afa38 3356@deftypefun {char *} gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name (struct gdbarch *@var{current_gdbarch}, int @var{type_flags})
b5b0480a
KB
3357Given the type flags representing an address class qualifier, return
3358its name.
4a9bb1df 3359@end deftypefun
1f70da6a 3360@deftypefun int gdbarch_address_class_name_to_type_flags (struct gdbarch *@var{current_gdbarch}, int @var{name}, int *@var{type_flags_ptr})
d3e8051b 3361Given an address qualifier name, set the @code{int} referenced by @var{type_flags_ptr} to the type flags
b5b0480a 3362for that address class qualifier.
4a9bb1df 3363@end deftypefun
b5b0480a
KB
3364
3365Since the need for address classes is rather rare, none of
4a9bb1df
UW
3366the address class functions are defined by default. Predicate
3367functions are provided to detect when they are defined.
b5b0480a
KB
3368
3369Consider a hypothetical architecture in which addresses are normally
337032-bits wide, but 16-bit addresses are also supported. Furthermore,
3371suppose that the @w{DWARF 2} information for this architecture simply
3372uses a @code{DW_AT_byte_size} value of 2 to indicate the use of one
3373of these "short" pointers. The following functions could be defined
4a9bb1df 3374to implement the address class functions:
b5b0480a
KB
3375
3376@smallexample
3377somearch_address_class_type_flags (int byte_size,
3378 int dwarf2_addr_class)
f2abfe65 3379@{
b5b0480a
KB
3380 if (byte_size == 2)
3381 return TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1;
3382 else
3383 return 0;
f2abfe65 3384@}
b5b0480a
KB
3385
3386static char *
3387somearch_address_class_type_flags_to_name (int type_flags)
f2abfe65 3388@{
b5b0480a
KB
3389 if (type_flags & TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1)
3390 return "short";
3391 else
3392 return NULL;
f2abfe65 3393@}
b5b0480a
KB
3394
3395int
3396somearch_address_class_name_to_type_flags (char *name,
3397 int *type_flags_ptr)
f2abfe65 3398@{
b5b0480a 3399 if (strcmp (name, "short") == 0)
f2abfe65 3400 @{
b5b0480a
KB
3401 *type_flags_ptr = TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1;
3402 return 1;
f2abfe65 3403 @}
b5b0480a
KB
3404 else
3405 return 0;
f2abfe65 3406@}
b5b0480a
KB
3407@end smallexample
3408
3409The qualifier @code{@@short} is used in @value{GDBN}'s type expressions
587afa38
EZ
3410to indicate the presence of one of these ``short'' pointers. For
3411example if the debug information indicates that @code{short_ptr_var} is
3412one of these short pointers, @value{GDBN} might show the following
3413behavior:
b5b0480a
KB
3414
3415@smallexample
3416(gdb) ptype short_ptr_var
3417type = int * @@short
3418@end smallexample
3419
93e79dbd 3420
587afa38
EZ
3421@node Register Representation
3422@section Register Representation
3423
3424@menu
3425* Raw and Cooked Registers::
3426* Register Architecture Functions & Variables::
3427* Register Information Functions::
3428* Register and Memory Data::
3429* Register Caching::
3430@end menu
3431
3432@node Raw and Cooked Registers
3433@subsection Raw and Cooked Registers
13d01224 3434@cindex raw register representation
587afa38
EZ
3435@cindex cooked register representation
3436@cindex representations, raw and cooked registers
3437
3438@value{GDBN} considers registers to be a set with members numbered
3439linearly from 0 upwards. The first part of that set corresponds to real
3440physical registers, the second part to any @dfn{pseudo-registers}.
3441Pseudo-registers have no independent physical existence, but are useful
3442representations of information within the architecture. For example the
3443OpenRISC 1000 architecture has up to 32 general purpose registers, which
3444are typically represented as 32-bit (or 64-bit) integers. However the
3445GPRs are also used as operands to the floating point operations, and it
3446could be convenient to define a set of pseudo-registers, to show the
3447GPRs represented as floating point values.
3448
3449For any architecture, the implementer will decide on a mapping from
3450hardware to @value{GDBN} register numbers. The registers corresponding to real
3451hardware are referred to as @dfn{raw} registers, the remaining registers are
3452@dfn{pseudo-registers}. The total register set (raw and pseudo) is called
3453the @dfn{cooked} register set.
3454
3455
3456@node Register Architecture Functions & Variables
3457@subsection Functions and Variables Specifying the Register Architecture
3458@cindex @code{gdbarch} register architecture functions
3459
3460These @code{struct gdbarch} functions and variables specify the number
3461and type of registers in the architecture.
3462
3463@deftypefn {Architecture Function} CORE_ADDR read_pc (struct regcache *@var{regcache})
3464@end deftypefn
3465@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void write_pc (struct regcache *@var{regcache}, CORE_ADDR @var{val})
13d01224 3466
587afa38
EZ
3467Read or write the program counter. The default value of both
3468functions is @code{NULL} (no function available). If the program
3469counter is just an ordinary register, it can be specified in
3470@code{struct gdbarch} instead (see @code{pc_regnum} below) and it will
3471be read or written using the standard routines to access registers. This
3472function need only be specified if the program counter is not an
3473ordinary register.
3474
3475Any register information can be obtained using the supplied register
3476cache, @var{regcache}. @xref{Register Caching, , Register Caching}.
3477
3478@end deftypefn
3479
3480@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void pseudo_register_read (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct regcache *@var{regcache}, int @var{regnum}, const gdb_byte *@var{buf})
3481@end deftypefn
3482@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void pseudo_register_write (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct regcache *@var{regcache}, int @var{regnum}, const gdb_byte *@var{buf})
3483
3484These functions should be defined if there are any pseudo-registers.
3485The default value is @code{NULL}. @var{regnum} is the number of the
3486register to read or write (which will be a @dfn{cooked} register
3487number) and @var{buf} is the buffer where the value read will be
3488placed, or from which the value to be written will be taken. The
3489value in the buffer may be converted to or from a signed or unsigned
3490integral value using one of the utility functions (@pxref{Register and
d0384fc4 3491Memory Data, , Using Different Register and Memory Data
587afa38 3492Representations}).
af6c57ea 3493
587afa38
EZ
3494The access should be for the specified architecture,
3495@var{gdbarch}. Any register information can be obtained using the
3496supplied register cache, @var{regcache}. @xref{Register Caching, ,
3497Register Caching}.
9fb4dd36 3498
587afa38 3499@end deftypefn
13d01224 3500
587afa38
EZ
3501@deftypevr {Architecture Variable} int sp_regnum
3502@vindex sp_regnum
3503@cindex stack pointer
3504@cindex @kbd{$sp}
9fb4dd36 3505
587afa38
EZ
3506This specifies the register holding the stack pointer, which may be a
3507raw or pseudo-register. It defaults to -1 (not defined), but it is an
3508error for it not to be defined.
9fb4dd36 3509
587afa38
EZ
3510The value of the stack pointer register can be accessed withing
3511@value{GDBN} as the variable @kbd{$sp}.
3512
3513@end deftypevr
3514
3515@deftypevr {Architecture Variable} int pc_regnum
3516@vindex pc_regnum
3517@cindex program counter
3518@cindex @kbd{$pc}
3519
3520This specifies the register holding the program counter, which may be a
3521raw or pseudo-register. It defaults to -1 (not defined). If
3522@code{pc_regnum} is not defined, then the functions @code{read_pc} and
3523@code{write_pc} (see above) must be defined.
3524
3525The value of the program counter (whether defined as a register, or
3526through @code{read_pc} and @code{write_pc}) can be accessed withing
3527@value{GDBN} as the variable @kbd{$pc}.
3528
3529@end deftypevr
3530
3531@deftypevr {Architecture Variable} int ps_regnum
3532@vindex ps_regnum
3533@cindex processor status register
3534@cindex status register
3535@cindex @kbd{$ps}
3536
3537This specifies the register holding the processor status (often called
3538the status register), which may be a raw or pseudo-register. It
3539defaults to -1 (not defined).
3540
3541If defined, the value of this register can be accessed withing
3542@value{GDBN} as the variable @kbd{$ps}.
3543
3544@end deftypevr
3545
3546@deftypevr {Architecture Variable} int fp0_regnum
3547@vindex fp0_regnum
3548@cindex first floating point register
3549
3550This specifies the first floating point register. It defaults to
35510. @code{fp0_regnum} is not needed unless the target offers support
3552for floating point.
9fb4dd36 3553
587afa38 3554@end deftypevr
9fb4dd36 3555
587afa38
EZ
3556@node Register Information Functions
3557@subsection Functions Giving Register Information
3558@cindex @code{gdbarch} register information functions
9fb4dd36 3559
587afa38
EZ
3560These functions return information about registers.
3561
3562@deftypefn {Architecture Function} {const char *} register_name (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{regnum})
3563
3564This function should convert a register number (raw or pseudo) to a
3565register name (as a C @code{const char *}). This is used both to
3566determine the name of a register for output and to work out the meaning
3567of any register names used as input. The function may also return
3568@code{NULL}, to indicate that @var{regnum} is not a valid register.
3569
3570For example with the OpenRISC 1000, @value{GDBN} registers 0-31 are the
3571General Purpose Registers, register 32 is the program counter and
3572register 33 is the supervision register (i.e.@: the processor status
3573register), which map to the strings @code{"gpr00"} through
3574@code{"gpr31"}, @code{"pc"} and @code{"sr"} respectively. This means
3575that the @value{GDBN} command @kbd{print $gpr5} should print the value of
3576the OR1K general purpose register 5@footnote{
3577@cindex frame pointer
3578@cindex @kbd{$fp}
3579Historically, @value{GDBN} always had a concept of a frame pointer
3580register, which could be accessed via the @value{GDBN} variable,
3581@kbd{$fp}. That concept is now deprecated, recognizing that not all
3582architectures have a frame pointer. However if an architecture does
3583have a frame pointer register, and defines a register or
3584pseudo-register with the name @code{"fp"}, then that register will be
3585used as the value of the @kbd{$fp} variable.}.
3586
3587The default value for this function is @code{NULL}, meaning
3588undefined. It should always be defined.
3589
3590The access should be for the specified architecture, @var{gdbarch}.
6f6ef15a 3591
9fb4dd36
JB
3592@end deftypefn
3593
587afa38 3594@deftypefn {Architecture Function} {struct type *} register_type (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{regnum})
9fb4dd36 3595
587afa38
EZ
3596Given a register number, this function identifies the type of data it
3597may be holding, specified as a @code{struct type}. @value{GDBN} allows
3598creation of arbitrary types, but a number of built in types are
3599provided (@code{builtin_type_void}, @code{builtin_type_int32} etc),
3600together with functions to derive types from these.
3601
3602Typically the program counter will have a type of ``pointer to
3603function'' (it points to code), the frame pointer and stack pointer
3604will have types of ``pointer to void'' (they point to data on the stack)
3605and all other integer registers will have a type of 32-bit integer or
360664-bit integer.
3607
3608This information guides the formatting when displaying register
3609information. The default value is @code{NULL} meaning no information is
3610available to guide formatting when displaying registers.
3611
3612@end deftypefn
3613
3614@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void print_registers_info (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct ui_file *@var{file}, struct frame_info *@var{frame}, int @var{regnum}, int @var{all})
3615
3616Define this function to print out one or all of the registers for the
3617@value{GDBN} @kbd{info registers} command. The default value is the
3618function @code{default_print_registers_info}, which uses the register
3619type information (see @code{register_type} above) to determine how each
3620register should be printed. Define a custom version of this function
3621for fuller control over how the registers are displayed.
3622
3623The access should be for the specified architecture, @var{gdbarch},
3624with output to the the file specified by the User Interface
3625Independent Output file handle, @var{file} (@pxref{UI-Independent
3626Output, , UI-Independent Output---the @code{ui_out}
3627Functions}).
3628
3629The registers should show their values in the frame specified by
3630@var{frame}. If @var{regnum} is -1 and @var{all} is zero, then all
3631the ``significant'' registers should be shown (the implementer should
3632decide which registers are ``significant''). Otherwise only the value of
3633the register specified by @var{regnum} should be output. If
3634@var{regnum} is -1 and @var{all} is non-zero (true), then the value of
3635all registers should be shown.
3636
3637By default @code{default_print_registers_info} prints one register per
3638line, and if @var{all} is zero omits floating-point registers.
3639
3640@end deftypefn
3641
3642@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void print_float_info (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct ui_file *@var{file}, struct frame_info *@var{frame}, const char *@var{args})
3643
3644Define this function to provide output about the floating point unit and
3645registers for the @value{GDBN} @kbd{info float} command respectively.
3646The default value is @code{NULL} (not defined), meaning no information
3647will be provided.
3648
3649The @var{gdbarch} and @var{file} and @var{frame} arguments have the same
3650meaning as in the @code{print_registers_info} function above. The string
3651@var{args} contains any supplementary arguments to the @kbd{info float}
3652command.
3653
3654Define this function if the target supports floating point operations.
6f6ef15a 3655
9fb4dd36
JB
3656@end deftypefn
3657
587afa38
EZ
3658@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void print_vector_info (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct ui_file *@var{file}, struct frame_info *@var{frame}, const char *@var{args})
3659
3660Define this function to provide output about the vector unit and
3661registers for the @value{GDBN} @kbd{info vector} command respectively.
3662The default value is @code{NULL} (not defined), meaning no information
3663will be provided.
3664
3665The @var{gdbarch}, @var{file} and @var{frame} arguments have the
3666same meaning as in the @code{print_registers_info} function above. The
3667string @var{args} contains any supplementary arguments to the @kbd{info
3668vector} command.
3669
3670Define this function if the target supports vector operations.
9fb4dd36 3671
9fb4dd36
JB
3672@end deftypefn
3673
587afa38
EZ
3674@deftypefn {Architecture Function} int register_reggroup_p (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{regnum}, struct reggroup *@var{group})
3675
3676@value{GDBN} groups registers into different categories (general,
3677vector, floating point etc). This function, given a register,
3678@var{regnum}, and group, @var{group}, returns 1 (true) if the register
3679is in the group and 0 (false) otherwise.
3680
3681The information should be for the specified architecture,
3682@var{gdbarch}
3683
3684The default value is the function @code{default_register_reggroup_p}
3685which will do a reasonable job based on the type of the register (see
3686the function @code{register_type} above), with groups for general
3687purpose registers, floating point registers, vector registers and raw
3688(i.e not pseudo) registers.
3689
3690@end deftypefn
9fb4dd36 3691
b6fd0dfb 3692@node Register and Memory Data
587afa38 3693@subsection Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations
13d01224
AC
3694@cindex register representation
3695@cindex memory representation
3696@cindex representations, register and memory
3697@cindex register data formats, converting
3698@cindex @code{struct value}, converting register contents to
3699
587afa38
EZ
3700Some architectures have different representations of data objects,
3701depending whether the object is held in a register or memory. For
3702example:
13d01224
AC
3703
3704@itemize @bullet
3705
3706@item
3707The Alpha architecture can represent 32 bit integer values in
3708floating-point registers.
3709
3710@item
3711The x86 architecture supports 80-bit floating-point registers. The
587afa38
EZ
3712@code{long double} data type occupies 96 bits in memory but only 80
3713bits when stored in a register.
13d01224
AC
3714
3715@end itemize
3716
3717In general, the register representation of a data type is determined by
3718the architecture, or @value{GDBN}'s interface to the architecture, while
3719the memory representation is determined by the Application Binary
3720Interface.
3721
3722For almost all data types on almost all architectures, the two
3723representations are identical, and no special handling is needed.
587afa38
EZ
3724However, they do occasionally differ. An architecture may define the
3725following @code{struct gdbarch} functions to request conversions
3726between the register and memory representations of a data type:
13d01224 3727
587afa38 3728@deftypefn {Architecture Function} int gdbarch_convert_register_p (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{reg})
13d01224 3729
587afa38
EZ
3730Return non-zero (true) if the representation of a data value stored in
3731this register may be different to the representation of that same data
3732value when stored in memory. The default value is @code{NULL}
3733(undefined).
83acabca 3734
587afa38
EZ
3735If this function is defined and returns non-zero, the @code{struct
3736gdbarch} functions @code{gdbarch_register_to_value} and
3737@code{gdbarch_value_to_register} (see below) should be used to perform
3738any necessary conversion.
13d01224 3739
587afa38
EZ
3740If defined, this function should return zero for the register's native
3741type, when no conversion is necessary.
3742@end deftypefn
13d01224 3743
587afa38 3744@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void gdbarch_register_to_value (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{reg}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
13d01224 3745
587afa38
EZ
3746Convert the value of register number @var{reg} to a data object of
3747type @var{type}. The buffer at @var{from} holds the register's value
3748in raw format; the converted value should be placed in the buffer at
3749@var{to}.
3750
3751@quotation
3752@emph{Note:} @code{gdbarch_register_to_value} and
3753@code{gdbarch_value_to_register} take their @var{reg} and @var{type}
3754arguments in different orders.
3755@end quotation
3756
3757@code{gdbarch_register_to_value} should only be used with registers
3758for which the @code{gdbarch_convert_register_p} function returns a
3759non-zero value.
3760
3761@end deftypefn
3762
3763@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void gdbarch_value_to_register (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct type *@var{type}, int @var{reg}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
13d01224 3764
13d01224
AC
3765Convert a data value of type @var{type} to register number @var{reg}'
3766raw format.
3767
587afa38
EZ
3768@quotation
3769@emph{Note:} @code{gdbarch_register_to_value} and
3770@code{gdbarch_value_to_register} take their @var{reg} and @var{type}
3771arguments in different orders.
3772@end quotation
13d01224 3773
587afa38
EZ
3774@code{gdbarch_value_to_register} should only be used with registers
3775for which the @code{gdbarch_convert_register_p} function returns a
3776non-zero value.
3777
3778@end deftypefn
3779
3780@node Register Caching
3781@subsection Register Caching
3782@cindex register caching
3783
3784Caching of registers is used, so that the target does not need to be
3785accessed and reanalyzed multiple times for each register in
3786circumstances where the register value cannot have changed.
3787
3788@cindex @code{struct regcache}
3789@value{GDBN} provides @code{struct regcache}, associated with a
3790particular @code{struct gdbarch} to hold the cached values of the raw
3791registers. A set of functions is provided to access both the raw
3792registers (with @code{raw} in their name) and the full set of cooked
3793registers (with @code{cooked} in their name). Functions are provided
3794to ensure the register cache is kept synchronized with the values of
3795the actual registers in the target.
3796
3797Accessing registers through the @code{struct regcache} routines will
3798ensure that the appropriate @code{struct gdbarch} functions are called
3799when necessary to access the underlying target architecture. In general
3800users should use the @dfn{cooked} functions, since these will map to the
3801@dfn{raw} functions automatically as appropriate.
3802
3803@findex regcache_cooked_read
3804@findex regcache_cooked_write
3805@cindex @code{gdb_byte}
3806@findex regcache_cooked_read_signed
3807@findex regcache_cooked_read_unsigned
3808@findex regcache_cooked_write_signed
3809@findex regcache_cooked_write_unsigned
3810The two key functions are @code{regcache_cooked_read} and
3811@code{regcache_cooked_write} which read or write a register from or to
3812a byte buffer (type @code{gdb_byte *}). For convenience the wrapper
3813functions @code{regcache_cooked_read_signed},
3814@code{regcache_cooked_read_unsigned},
3815@code{regcache_cooked_write_signed} and
3816@code{regcache_cooked_write_unsigned} are provided, which read or
3817write the value using the buffer and convert to or from an integral
3818value as appropriate.
13d01224 3819
b6fd0dfb 3820@node Frame Interpretation
c906108c
SS
3821@section Frame Interpretation
3822
587afa38
EZ
3823@menu
3824* All About Stack Frames::
3825* Frame Handling Terminology::
3826* Prologue Caches::
3827* Functions and Variable to Analyze Frames::
3828* Functions to Access Frame Data::
3829* Analyzing Stacks---Frame Sniffers::
3830@end menu
3831
3832@node All About Stack Frames
3833@subsection All About Stack Frames
3834
3835@value{GDBN} needs to understand the stack on which local (automatic)
3836variables are stored. The area of the stack containing all the local
3837variables for a function invocation is known as the @dfn{stack frame}
3838for that function (or colloquially just as the @dfn{frame}). In turn the
3839function that called the function will have its stack frame, and so on
3840back through the chain of functions that have been called.
3841
3842Almost all architectures have one register dedicated to point to the
3843end of the stack (the @dfn{stack pointer}). Many have a second register
3844which points to the start of the currently active stack frame (the
3845@dfn{frame pointer}). The specific arrangements for an architecture are
3846a key part of the ABI.
3847
3848A diagram helps to explain this. Here is a simple program to compute
3849factorials:
3850
3851@smallexample
3852#include <stdio.h>
3853int fact (int n)
3854@{
3855 if (0 == n)
3856 @{
3857 return 1;
3858 @}
3859 else
3860 @{
3861 return n * fact (n - 1);
3862 @}
3863@}
3864
3865main ()
3866@{
3867 int i;
3868
3869 for (i = 0; i < 10; i++)
3870 @{
3871 int f = fact (i);
3872 printf ("%d! = %d\n", i, f);
3873 @}
3874@}
3875@end smallexample
3876
3877Consider the state of the stack when the code reaches line 6 after the
3878main program has called @code{fact@w{ }(3)}. The chain of function
3879calls will be @code{main ()}, @code{fact@w{ }(3)}, @code{fact@w{
3880}(2)}, @code{@w{fact (1)}} and @code{fact@w{ }(0)}.
3881
3882In this illustration the stack is falling (as used for example by the
3883OpenRISC 1000 ABI). The stack pointer (SP) is at the end of the stack
3884(lowest address) and the frame pointer (FP) is at the highest address
3885in the current stack frame. The following diagram shows how the stack
3886looks.
3887
3888@center @image{stack_frame,14cm}
3889
3890In each stack frame, offset 0 from the stack pointer is the frame
3891pointer of the previous frame and offset 4 (this is illustrating a
389232-bit architecture) from the stack pointer is the return address.
3893Local variables are indexed from the frame pointer, with negative
3894indexes. In the function @code{fact}, offset -4 from the frame
3895pointer is the argument @var{n}. In the @code{main} function, offset
3896-4 from the frame pointer is the local variable @var{i} and offset -8
3897from the frame pointer is the local variable @var{f}@footnote{This is
3898a simplified example for illustrative purposes only. Good optimizing
3899compilers would not put anything on the stack for such simple
3900functions. Indeed they might eliminate the recursion and use of the
3901stack entirely!}.
3902
3903It is very easy to get confused when examining stacks. @value{GDBN}
3904has terminology it uses rigorously throughout. The stack frame of the
3905function currently executing, or where execution stopped is numbered
3906zero. In this example frame #0 is the stack frame of the call to
3907@code{fact@w{ }(0)}. The stack frame of its calling function
3908(@code{fact@w{ }(1)} in this case) is numbered #1 and so on back
3909through the chain of calls.
3910
3911The main @value{GDBN} data structure describing frames is
3912 @code{@w{struct frame_info}}. It is not used directly, but only via
3913its accessor functions. @code{frame_info} includes information about
3914the registers in the frame and a pointer to the code of the function
3915with which the frame is associated. The entire stack is represented as
3916a linked list of @code{frame_info} structs.
3917
3918@node Frame Handling Terminology
3919@subsection Frame Handling Terminology
3920
3921It is easy to get confused when referencing stack frames. @value{GDBN}
3922uses some precise terminology.
3923
3924@itemize @bullet
3925
3926@item
3927@cindex THIS frame
3928@cindex stack frame, definition of THIS frame
3929@cindex frame, definition of THIS frame
3930@dfn{THIS} frame is the frame currently under consideration.
3931
3932@item
3933@cindex NEXT frame
3934@cindex stack frame, definition of NEXT frame
3935@cindex frame, definition of NEXT frame
3936The @dfn{NEXT} frame, also sometimes called the inner or newer frame is the
3937frame of the function called by the function of THIS frame.
3938
3939@item
3940@cindex PREVIOUS frame
3941@cindex stack frame, definition of PREVIOUS frame
3942@cindex frame, definition of PREVIOUS frame
3943The @dfn{PREVIOUS} frame, also sometimes called the outer or older frame is
3944the frame of the function which called the function of THIS frame.
3945
3946@end itemize
3947
3948So in the example in the previous section (@pxref{All About Stack
3949Frames, , All About Stack Frames}), if THIS frame is #3 (the call to
3950@code{fact@w{ }(3)}), the NEXT frame is frame #2 (the call to
3951@code{fact@w{ }(2)}) and the PREVIOUS frame is frame #4 (the call to
3952@code{main@w{ }()}).
3953
3954@cindex innermost frame
3955@cindex stack frame, definition of innermost frame
3956@cindex frame, definition of innermost frame
3957The @dfn{innermost} frame is the frame of the current executing
3958function, or where the program stopped, in this example, in the middle
3959of the call to @code{@w{fact (0))}}. It is always numbered frame #0.
3960
3961@cindex base of a frame
3962@cindex stack frame, definition of base of a frame
3963@cindex frame, definition of base of a frame
3964The @dfn{base} of a frame is the address immediately before the start
3965of the NEXT frame. For a stack which grows down in memory (a
3966@dfn{falling} stack) this will be the lowest address and for a stack
3967which grows up in memory (a @dfn{rising} stack) this will be the
3968highest address in the frame.
3969
3970@value{GDBN} functions to analyze the stack are typically given a
3971pointer to the NEXT frame to determine information about THIS
3972frame. Information about THIS frame includes data on where the
3973registers of the PREVIOUS frame are stored in this stack frame. In
3974this example the frame pointer of the PREVIOUS frame is stored at
3975offset 0 from the stack pointer of THIS frame.
3976
3977@cindex unwinding
3978@cindex stack frame, definition of unwinding
3979@cindex frame, definition of unwinding
3980The process whereby a function is given a pointer to the NEXT
3981frame to work out information about THIS frame is referred to as
3982@dfn{unwinding}. The @value{GDBN} functions involved in this typically
3983include unwind in their name.
3984
3985@cindex sniffing
3986@cindex stack frame, definition of sniffing
3987@cindex frame, definition of sniffing
3988The process of analyzing a target to determine the information that
3989should go in struct frame_info is called @dfn{sniffing}. The functions
3990that carry this out are called sniffers and typically include sniffer
3991in their name. More than one sniffer may be required to extract all
3992the information for a particular frame.
3993
3994@cindex sentinel frame
3995@cindex stack frame, definition of sentinel frame
3996@cindex frame, definition of sentinel frame
3997Because so many functions work using the NEXT frame, there is an issue
3998about addressing the innermost frame---it has no NEXT frame. To solve
3999this @value{GDBN} creates a dummy frame #-1, known as the
4000@dfn{sentinel} frame.
4001
4002@node Prologue Caches
4003@subsection Prologue Caches
4004
4005@cindex function prologue
4006@cindex prologue of a function
4007All the frame sniffing functions typically examine the code at the
4008start of the corresponding function, to determine the state of
4009registers. The ABI will save old values and set new values of key
4010registers at the start of each function in what is known as the
4011function @dfn{prologue}.
4012
4013@cindex prologue cache
4014For any particular stack frame this data does not change, so all the
4015standard unwinding functions, in addition to receiving a pointer to
4016the NEXT frame as their first argument, receive a pointer to a
4017@dfn{prologue cache} as their second argument. This can be used to store
4018values associated with a particular frame, for reuse on subsequent
4019calls involving the same frame.
4020
4021It is up to the user to define the structure used (it is a
4022@code{void@w{ }*} pointer) and arrange allocation and deallocation of
4023storage. However for general use, @value{GDBN} provides
4024@code{@w{struct trad_frame_cache}}, with a set of accessor
4025routines. This structure holds the stack and code address of
4026THIS frame, the base address of the frame, a pointer to the
4027struct @code{frame_info} for the NEXT frame and details of
4028where the registers of the PREVIOUS frame may be found in THIS
4029frame.
4030
4031Typically the first time any sniffer function is called with NEXT
4032frame, the prologue sniffer for THIS frame will be @code{NULL}. The
4033sniffer will analyze the frame, allocate a prologue cache structure
4034and populate it. Subsequent calls using the same NEXT frame will
4035pass in this prologue cache, so the data can be returned with no
4036additional analysis.
4037
4038@node Functions and Variable to Analyze Frames
4039@subsection Functions and Variable to Analyze Frames
4040
4041These struct @code{gdbarch} functions and variable should be defined
4042to provide analysis of the stack frame and allow it to be adjusted as
4043required.
4044
4045@deftypefn {Architecture Function} CORE_ADDR skip_prologue (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, CORE_ADDR @var{pc})
4046
4047The prologue of a function is the code at the beginning of the
4048function which sets up the stack frame, saves the return address
4049etc. The code representing the behavior of the function starts after
4050the prologue.
4051
4052This function skips past the prologue of a function if the program
4053counter, @var{pc}, is within the prologue of a function. The result is
4054the program counter immediately after the prologue. With modern
4055optimizing compilers, this may be a far from trivial exercise. However
4056the required information may be within the binary as DWARF2 debugging
4057information, making the job much easier.
4058
4059The default value is @code{NULL} (not defined). This function should always
4060be provided, but can take advantage of DWARF2 debugging information,
4061if that is available.
4062
4063@end deftypefn
4064
4065@deftypefn {Architecture Function} int inner_than (CORE_ADDR @var{lhs}, CORE_ADDR @var{rhs})
4066@findex core_addr_lessthan
4067@findex core_addr_greaterthan
4068
4069Given two frame or stack pointers, return non-zero (true) if the first
4070represents the @dfn{inner} stack frame and 0 (false) otherwise. This
4071is used to determine whether the target has a stack which grows up in
4072memory (rising stack) or grows down in memory (falling stack).
4073@xref{All About Stack Frames, , All About Stack Frames}, for an
4074explanation of @dfn{inner} frames.
4075
4076The default value of this function is @code{NULL} and it should always
4077be defined. However for almost all architectures one of the built-in
4078functions can be used: @code{core_addr_lessthan} (for stacks growing
4079down in memory) or @code{core_addr_greaterthan} (for stacks growing up
4080in memory).
4081
4082@end deftypefn
4083
4084@anchor{frame_align}
4085@deftypefn {Architecture Function} CORE_ADDR frame_align (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, CORE_ADDR @var{address})
4086@findex align_down
4087@findex align_up
4088
4089The architecture may have constraints on how its frames are
4090aligned. For example the OpenRISC 1000 ABI requires stack frames to be
4091double-word aligned, but 32-bit versions of the architecture allocate
4092single-word values to the stack. Thus extra padding may be needed at
4093the end of a stack frame.
4094
4095Given a proposed address for the stack pointer, this function
4096returns a suitably aligned address (by expanding the stack frame).
4097
4098The default value is @code{NULL} (undefined). This function should be defined
4099for any architecture where it is possible the stack could become
4100misaligned. The utility functions @code{align_down} (for falling
4101stacks) and @code{align_up} (for rising stacks) will facilitate the
4102implementation of this function.
4103
4104@end deftypefn
4105
4106@deftypevr {Architecture Variable} int frame_red_zone_size
4107
4108Some ABIs reserve space beyond the end of the stack for use by leaf
4109functions without prologue or epilogue or by exception handlers (for
4110example the OpenRISC 1000).
4111
4112This is known as a @dfn{red zone} (AMD terminology). The @sc{amd64}
4113(nee x86-64) ABI documentation refers to the @dfn{red zone} when
4114describing this scratch area.
4115
4116The default value is 0. Set this field if the architecture has such a
4117red zone. The value must be aligned as required by the ABI (see
4118@code{frame_align} above for an explanation of stack frame alignment).
4119
4120@end deftypevr
4121
4122@node Functions to Access Frame Data
4123@subsection Functions to Access Frame Data
4124
4125These functions provide access to key registers and arguments in the
4126stack frame.
4127
4128@deftypefn {Architecture Function} CORE_ADDR unwind_pc (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct frame_info *@var{next_frame})
4129
4130This function is given a pointer to the NEXT stack frame (@pxref{All
4131About Stack Frames, , All About Stack Frames}, for how frames are
4132represented) and returns the value of the program counter in the
4133PREVIOUS frame (i.e.@: the frame of the function that called THIS
4134one). This is commonly referred to as the @dfn{return address}.
4135
4136The implementation, which must be frame agnostic (work with any frame),
4137is typically no more than:
4138
4139@smallexample
4140ULONGEST pc;
4141pc = frame_unwind_register_unsigned (next_frame, @var{ARCH}_PC_REGNUM);
4142return gdbarch_addr_bits_remove (gdbarch, pc);
4143@end smallexample
4144
4145@end deftypefn
4146
4147@deftypefn {Architecture Function} CORE_ADDR unwind_sp (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct frame_info *@var{next_frame})
4148
4149This function is given a pointer to the NEXT stack frame
4150(@pxref{All About Stack Frames, , All About Stack Frames} for how
4151frames are represented) and returns the value of the stack pointer in
4152the PREVIOUS frame (i.e.@: the frame of the function that called
4153THIS one).
4154
4155The implementation, which must be frame agnostic (work with any frame),
4156is typically no more than:
4157
4158@smallexample
4159ULONGEST sp;
4160sp = frame_unwind_register_unsigned (next_frame, @var{ARCH}_SP_REGNUM);
4161return gdbarch_addr_bits_remove (gdbarch, sp);
4162@end smallexample
4163
4164@end deftypefn
4165
4166@deftypefn {Architecture Function} int frame_num_args (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct frame_info *@var{this_frame})
4167
4168This function is given a pointer to THIS stack frame (@pxref{All
4169About Stack Frames, , All About Stack Frames} for how frames are
4170represented), and returns the number of arguments that are being
4171passed, or -1 if not known.
4172
4173The default value is @code{NULL} (undefined), in which case the number of
4174arguments passed on any stack frame is always unknown. For many
4175architectures this will be a suitable default.
4176
4177@end deftypefn
4178
4179@node Analyzing Stacks---Frame Sniffers
4180@subsection Analyzing Stacks---Frame Sniffers
4181
4182When a program stops, @value{GDBN} needs to construct the chain of
4183struct @code{frame_info} representing the state of the stack using
4184appropriate @dfn{sniffers}.
4185
4186Each architecture requires appropriate sniffers, but they do not form
4187entries in @code{@w{struct gdbarch}}, since more than one sniffer may
4188be required and a sniffer may be suitable for more than one
4189@code{@w{struct gdbarch}}. Instead sniffers are associated with
4190architectures using the following functions.
4191
4192@itemize @bullet
4193
4194@item
4195@findex frame_unwind_append_sniffer
4196@code{frame_unwind_append_sniffer} is used to add a new sniffer to
4197analyze THIS frame when given a pointer to the NEXT frame.
4198
4199@item
4200@findex frame_base_append_sniffer
4201@code{frame_base_append_sniffer} is used to add a new sniffer
4202which can determine information about the base of a stack frame.
4203
4204@item
4205@findex frame_base_set_default
4206@code{frame_base_set_default} is used to specify the default base
4207sniffer.
4208
4209@end itemize
4210
4211These functions all take a reference to @code{@w{struct gdbarch}}, so
4212they are associated with a specific architecture. They are usually
4213called in the @code{gdbarch} initialization function, after the
4214@code{gdbarch} struct has been set up. Unless a default has been set, the
4215most recently appended sniffer will be tried first.
4216
4217The main frame unwinding sniffer (as set by
4218@code{frame_unwind_append_sniffer)} returns a structure specifying
4219a set of sniffing functions:
4220
4221@cindex @code{frame_unwind}
4222@smallexample
4223struct frame_unwind
4224@{
4225 enum frame_type type;
4226 frame_this_id_ftype *this_id;
4227 frame_prev_register_ftype *prev_register;
4228 const struct frame_data *unwind_data;
4229 frame_sniffer_ftype *sniffer;
4230 frame_prev_pc_ftype *prev_pc;
4231 frame_dealloc_cache_ftype *dealloc_cache;
4232@};
4233@end smallexample
4234
4235The @code{type} field indicates the type of frame this sniffer can
4236handle: normal, dummy (@pxref{Functions Creating Dummy Frames, ,
4237Functions Creating Dummy Frames}), signal handler or sentinel. Signal
4238handlers sometimes have their own simplified stack structure for
4239efficiency, so may need their own handlers.
4240
4241The @code{unwind_data} field holds additional information which may be
4242relevant to particular types of frame. For example it may hold
4243additional information for signal handler frames.
4244
4245The remaining fields define functions that yield different types of
4246information when given a pointer to the NEXT stack frame. Not all
4247functions need be provided. If an entry is @code{NULL}, the next sniffer will
4248be tried instead.
4249
4250@itemize @bullet
4251
4252@item
4253@code{this_id} determines the stack pointer and function (code
4254entry point) for THIS stack frame.
4255
4256@item
4257@code{prev_register} determines where the values of registers for
4258the PREVIOUS stack frame are stored in THIS stack frame.
4259
4260@item
4261@code{sniffer} takes a look at THIS frame's registers to
4262determine if this is the appropriate unwinder.
4263
4264@item
4265@code{prev_pc} determines the program counter for THIS
4266frame. Only needed if the program counter is not an ordinary register
4267(@pxref{Register Architecture Functions & Variables,
4268, Functions and Variables Specifying the Register Architecture}).
4269
4270@item
4271@code{dealloc_cache} frees any additional memory associated with
4272the prologue cache for this frame (@pxref{Prologue Caches, , Prologue
4273Caches}).
4274
4275@end itemize
4276
4277In general it is only the @code{this_id} and @code{prev_register}
4278fields that need be defined for custom sniffers.
4279
4280The frame base sniffer is much simpler. It is a @code{@w{struct
4281frame_base}}, which refers to the corresponding @code{frame_unwind}
4282struct and whose fields refer to functions yielding various addresses
4283within the frame.
4284
4285@cindex @code{frame_base}
4286@smallexample
4287struct frame_base
4288@{
4289 const struct frame_unwind *unwind;
4290 frame_this_base_ftype *this_base;
4291 frame_this_locals_ftype *this_locals;
4292 frame_this_args_ftype *this_args;
4293@};
4294@end smallexample
4295
4296All the functions referred to take a pointer to the NEXT frame as
4297argument. The function referred to by @code{this_base} returns the
4298base address of THIS frame, the function referred to by
4299@code{this_locals} returns the base address of local variables in THIS
4300frame and the function referred to by @code{this_args} returns the
4301base address of the function arguments in this frame.
4302
4303As described above, the base address of a frame is the address
4304immediately before the start of the NEXT frame. For a falling
4305stack, this is the lowest address in the frame and for a rising stack
4306it is the highest address in the frame. For most architectures the
4307same address is also the base address for local variables and
4308arguments, in which case the same function can be used for all three
4309entries@footnote{It is worth noting that if it cannot be determined in any
4310other way (for example by there being a register with the name
4311@code{"fp"}), then the result of the @code{this_base} function will be
4312used as the value of the frame pointer variable @kbd{$fp} in
4313@value{GDBN}. This is very often not correct (for example with the
4314OpenRISC 1000, this value is the stack pointer, @kbd{$sp}). In this
4315case a register (raw or pseudo) with the name @code{"fp"} should be
4316defined. It will be used in preference as the value of @kbd{$fp}.}.
4317
b6fd0dfb 4318@node Inferior Call Setup
c906108c 4319@section Inferior Call Setup
587afa38
EZ
4320@cindex calls to the inferior
4321
4322@menu
4323* About Dummy Frames::
4324* Functions Creating Dummy Frames::
4325@end menu
4326
4327@node About Dummy Frames
4328@subsection About Dummy Frames
4329@cindex dummy frames
4330
4331@value{GDBN} can call functions in the target code (for example by
4332using the @kbd{call} or @kbd{print} commands). These functions may be
4333breakpointed, and it is essential that if a function does hit a
4334breakpoint, commands like @kbd{backtrace} work correctly.
4335
4336This is achieved by making the stack look as though the function had
4337been called from the point where @value{GDBN} had previously stopped.
4338This requires that @value{GDBN} can set up stack frames appropriate for
4339such function calls.
4340
4341@node Functions Creating Dummy Frames
4342@subsection Functions Creating Dummy Frames
4343
4344The following functions provide the functionality to set up such
4345@dfn{dummy} stack frames.
4346
4347@deftypefn {Architecture Function} CORE_ADDR push_dummy_call (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct value *@var{function}, struct regcache *@var{regcache}, CORE_ADDR @var{bp_addr}, int @var{nargs}, struct value **@var{args}, CORE_ADDR @var{sp}, int @var{struct_return}, CORE_ADDR @var{struct_addr})
4348
4349This function sets up a dummy stack frame for the function about to be
4350called. @code{push_dummy_call} is given the arguments to be passed
4351and must copy them into registers or push them on to the stack as
4352appropriate for the ABI.
4353
4354@var{function} is a pointer to the function
4355that will be called and @var{regcache} the register cache from which
4356values should be obtained. @var{bp_addr} is the address to which the
4357function should return (which is breakpointed, so @value{GDBN} can
4358regain control, hence the name). @var{nargs} is the number of
4359arguments to pass and @var{args} an array containing the argument
4360values. @var{struct_return} is non-zero (true) if the function returns
4361a structure, and if so @var{struct_addr} is the address in which the
4362structure should be returned.
4363
4364 After calling this function, @value{GDBN} will pass control to the
4365target at the address of the function, which will find the stack and
4366registers set up just as expected.
4367
4368The default value of this function is @code{NULL} (undefined). If the
4369function is not defined, then @value{GDBN} will not allow the user to
4370call functions within the target being debugged.
4371
4372@end deftypefn
4373
4374@deftypefn {Architecture Function} {struct frame_id} unwind_dummy_id (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct frame_info *@var{next_frame})
4375
4376This is the inverse of @code{push_dummy_call} which restores the stack
4377pointer and program counter after a call to evaluate a function using
4378a dummy stack frame. The result is a @code{@w{struct frame_id}}, which
4379contains the value of the stack pointer and program counter to be
4380used.
4381
4382The NEXT frame pointer is provided as argument,
4383@var{next_frame}. THIS frame is the frame of the dummy function,
4384which can be unwound, to yield the required stack pointer and program
4385counter from the PREVIOUS frame.
4386
4387The default value is @code{NULL} (undefined). If @code{push_dummy_call} is
4388defined, then this function should also be defined.
c906108c 4389
587afa38
EZ
4390@end deftypefn
4391
4392@deftypefn {Architecture Function} CORE_ADDR push_dummy_code (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, CORE_ADDR @var{sp}, CORE_ADDR @var{funaddr}, struct value **@var{args}, int @var{nargs}, struct type *@var{value_type}, CORE_ADDR *@var{real_pc}, CORE_ADDR *@var{bp_addr}, struct regcache *@var{regcache})
4393
4394If this function is not defined (its default value is @code{NULL}), a dummy
4395call will use the entry point of the currently loaded code on the
4396target as its return address. A temporary breakpoint will be set
4397there, so the location must be writable and have room for a
4398breakpoint.
c906108c 4399
587afa38
EZ
4400It is possible that this default is not suitable. It might not be
4401writable (in ROM possibly), or the ABI might require code to be
4402executed on return from a call to unwind the stack before the
4403breakpoint is encountered.
c906108c 4404
587afa38
EZ
4405If either of these is the case, then push_dummy_code should be defined
4406to push an instruction sequence onto the end of the stack to which the
4407dummy call should return.
4408
4409The arguments are essentially the same as those to
4410@code{push_dummy_call}. However the function is provided with the
4411type of the function result, @var{value_type}, @var{bp_addr} is used
4412to return a value (the address at which the breakpoint instruction
4413should be inserted) and @var{real pc} is used to specify the resume
4414address when starting the call sequence. The function should return
4415the updated innermost stack address.
4416
4417@quotation
4418@emph{Note:} This does require that code in the stack can be executed.
4419Some Harvard architectures may not allow this.
4420@end quotation
4421
4422@end deftypefn
4423
b39f4988
JB
4424@node Adding support for debugging core files
4425@section Adding support for debugging core files
4426@cindex core files
4427
4428The prerequisite for adding core file support in @value{GDBN} is to have
4429core file support in BFD.
4430
4431Once BFD support is available, writing the apropriate
4432@code{regset_from_core_section} architecture function should be all
4433that is needed in order to add support for core files in @value{GDBN}.
4434
587afa38
EZ
4435@node Defining Other Architecture Features
4436@section Defining Other Architecture Features
4437
4438This section describes other functions and values in @code{gdbarch},
4439together with some useful macros, that you can use to define the
4440target architecture.
c906108c
SS
4441
4442@table @code
4443
4a9bb1df
UW
4444@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_addr_bits_remove (@var{gdbarch}, @var{addr})
4445@findex gdbarch_addr_bits_remove
adf40b2e 4446If a raw machine instruction address includes any bits that are not
4a9bb1df
UW
4447really part of the address, then this function is used to zero those bits in
4448@var{addr}. This is only used for addresses of instructions, and even then not
4449in all contexts.
adf40b2e
JM
4450
4451For example, the two low-order bits of the PC on the Hewlett-Packard PA
44522.0 architecture contain the privilege level of the corresponding
4453instruction. Since instructions must always be aligned on four-byte
4454boundaries, the processor masks out these bits to generate the actual
4a9bb1df
UW
4455address of the instruction. @code{gdbarch_addr_bits_remove} would then for
4456example look like that:
4457@smallexample
4458arch_addr_bits_remove (CORE_ADDR addr)
4459@{
4460 return (addr &= ~0x3);
4461@}
4462@end smallexample
c906108c 4463
4a9bb1df
UW
4464@item int address_class_name_to_type_flags (@var{gdbarch}, @var{name}, @var{type_flags_ptr})
4465@findex address_class_name_to_type_flags
b5b0480a
KB
4466If @var{name} is a valid address class qualifier name, set the @code{int}
4467referenced by @var{type_flags_ptr} to the mask representing the qualifier
4468and return 1. If @var{name} is not a valid address class qualifier name,
4469return 0.
4470
4471The value for @var{type_flags_ptr} should be one of
4472@code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1}, @code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_2}, or
4473possibly some combination of these values or'd together.
4474@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
4475
4a9bb1df
UW
4476@item int address_class_name_to_type_flags_p (@var{gdbarch})
4477@findex address_class_name_to_type_flags_p
4478Predicate which indicates whether @code{address_class_name_to_type_flags}
b5b0480a
KB
4479has been defined.
4480
4a9bb1df
UW
4481@item int gdbarch_address_class_type_flags (@var{gdbarch}, @var{byte_size}, @var{dwarf2_addr_class})
4482@findex gdbarch_address_class_type_flags
b5b0480a
KB
4483Given a pointers byte size (as described by the debug information) and
4484the possible @code{DW_AT_address_class} value, return the type flags
4485used by @value{GDBN} to represent this address class. The value
4486returned should be one of @code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1},
4487@code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_2}, or possibly some combination of these
4488values or'd together.
4489@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
4490
4a9bb1df
UW
4491@item int gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_p (@var{gdbarch})
4492@findex gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_p
4493Predicate which indicates whether @code{gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_p} has
b5b0480a
KB
4494been defined.
4495
4a9bb1df
UW
4496@item const char *gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type_flags})
4497@findex gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name
b5b0480a
KB
4498Return the name of the address class qualifier associated with the type
4499flags given by @var{type_flags}.
4500
4a9bb1df
UW
4501@item int gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name_p (@var{gdbarch})
4502@findex gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name_p
4503Predicate which indicates whether @code{gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name} has been defined.
b5b0480a
KB
4504@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
4505
4a9bb1df
UW
4506@item void gdbarch_address_to_pointer (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type}, @var{buf}, @var{addr})
4507@findex gdbarch_address_to_pointer
93e79dbd
JB
4508Store in @var{buf} a pointer of type @var{type} representing the address
4509@var{addr}, in the appropriate format for the current architecture.
4a9bb1df 4510This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 4511C@t{++} reference type.
93e79dbd
JB
4512@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always Addresses}.
4513
4a9bb1df
UW
4514@item int gdbarch_believe_pcc_promotion (@var{gdbarch})
4515@findex gdbarch_believe_pcc_promotion
4516Used to notify if the compiler promotes a @code{short} or @code{char}
56caf160
EZ
4517parameter to an @code{int}, but still reports the parameter as its
4518original type, rather than the promoted type.
c906108c 4519
32c9a795
MD
4520@item gdbarch_bits_big_endian (@var{gdbarch})
4521@findex gdbarch_bits_big_endian
4522This is used if the numbering of bits in the targets does @strong{not} match
587afa38 4523the endianism of the target byte order. A value of 1 means that the bits
56caf160 4524are numbered in a big-endian bit order, 0 means little-endian.
c906108c 4525
32c9a795
MD
4526@item set_gdbarch_bits_big_endian (@var{gdbarch}, @var{bits_big_endian})
4527@findex set_gdbarch_bits_big_endian
4528Calling set_gdbarch_bits_big_endian with a value of 1 indicates that the
4529bits in the target are numbered in a big-endian bit order, 0 indicates
4530little-endian.
4531
c906108c 4532@item BREAKPOINT
56caf160 4533@findex BREAKPOINT
c906108c
SS
4534This is the character array initializer for the bit pattern to put into
4535memory where a breakpoint is set. Although it's common to use a trap
4536instruction for a breakpoint, it's not required; for instance, the bit
4537pattern could be an invalid instruction. The breakpoint must be no
4538longer than the shortest instruction of the architecture.
4539
56caf160 4540@code{BREAKPOINT} has been deprecated in favor of
4a9bb1df 4541@code{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc}.
7a292a7a 4542
c906108c 4543@item BIG_BREAKPOINT
56caf160
EZ
4544@itemx LITTLE_BREAKPOINT
4545@findex LITTLE_BREAKPOINT
4546@findex BIG_BREAKPOINT
c906108c
SS
4547Similar to BREAKPOINT, but used for bi-endian targets.
4548
56caf160 4549@code{BIG_BREAKPOINT} and @code{LITTLE_BREAKPOINT} have been deprecated in
4a9bb1df 4550favor of @code{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc}.
7a292a7a 4551
4a9bb1df
UW
4552@item const gdb_byte *gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (@var{gdbarch}, @var{pcptr}, @var{lenptr})
4553@findex gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc
4554@anchor{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc} Use the program counter to determine the
2dd0da42 4555contents and size of a breakpoint instruction. It returns a pointer to
a655d424 4556a static string of bytes that encode a breakpoint instruction, stores the
2dd0da42
AC
4557length of the string to @code{*@var{lenptr}}, and adjusts the program
4558counter (if necessary) to point to the actual memory location where the
a655d424
JK
4559breakpoint should be inserted. May return @code{NULL} to indicate that
4560software breakpoints are not supported.
c906108c
SS
4561
4562Although it is common to use a trap instruction for a breakpoint, it's
4563not required; for instance, the bit pattern could be an invalid
4564instruction. The breakpoint must be no longer than the shortest
4565instruction of the architecture.
4566
a655d424
JK
4567Provided breakpoint bytes can be also used by @code{bp_loc_is_permanent} to
4568detect permanent breakpoints. @code{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc} should return
4569an unchanged memory copy if it was called for a location with permanent
4570breakpoint as some architectures use breakpoint instructions containing
4571arbitrary parameter value.
4572
7a292a7a
SS
4573Replaces all the other @var{BREAKPOINT} macros.
4574
4a9bb1df
UW
4575@item int gdbarch_memory_insert_breakpoint (@var{gdbarch}, @var{bp_tgt})
4576@itemx gdbarch_memory_remove_breakpoint (@var{gdbarch}, @var{bp_tgt})
4577@findex gdbarch_memory_remove_breakpoint
4578@findex gdbarch_memory_insert_breakpoint
917317f4
JM
4579Insert or remove memory based breakpoints. Reasonable defaults
4580(@code{default_memory_insert_breakpoint} and
4581@code{default_memory_remove_breakpoint} respectively) have been
4a9bb1df
UW
4582provided so that it is not necessary to set these for most
4583architectures. Architectures which may want to set
4584@code{gdbarch_memory_insert_breakpoint} and @code{gdbarch_memory_remove_breakpoint} will likely have instructions that are oddly sized or are not stored in a
917317f4
JM
4585conventional manner.
4586
4587It may also be desirable (from an efficiency standpoint) to define
4588custom breakpoint insertion and removal routines if
4a9bb1df 4589@code{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc} needs to read the target's memory for some
917317f4
JM
4590reason.
4591
4a9bb1df
UW
4592@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (@var{gdbarch}, @var{bpaddr})
4593@findex gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address
1485d690
KB
4594@cindex breakpoint address adjusted
4595Given an address at which a breakpoint is desired, return a breakpoint
4596address adjusted to account for architectural constraints on
4597breakpoint placement. This method is not needed by most targets.
4598
4599The FR-V target (see @file{frv-tdep.c}) requires this method.
4600The FR-V is a VLIW architecture in which a number of RISC-like
4601instructions are grouped (packed) together into an aggregate
4602instruction or instruction bundle. When the processor executes
4603one of these bundles, the component instructions are executed
4604in parallel.
4605
4606In the course of optimization, the compiler may group instructions
4607from distinct source statements into the same bundle. The line number
4608information associated with one of the latter statements will likely
4609refer to some instruction other than the first one in the bundle. So,
4610if the user attempts to place a breakpoint on one of these latter
4611statements, @value{GDBN} must be careful to @emph{not} place the break
4612instruction on any instruction other than the first one in the bundle.
4613(Remember though that the instructions within a bundle execute
4614in parallel, so the @emph{first} instruction is the instruction
4615at the lowest address and has nothing to do with execution order.)
4616
4a9bb1df 4617The FR-V's @code{gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address} method will adjust a
1485d690
KB
4618breakpoint's address by scanning backwards for the beginning of
4619the bundle, returning the address of the bundle.
4620
4621Since the adjustment of a breakpoint may significantly alter a user's
4622expectation, @value{GDBN} prints a warning when an adjusted breakpoint
4623is initially set and each time that that breakpoint is hit.
4624
4a9bb1df
UW
4625@item int gdbarch_call_dummy_location (@var{gdbarch})
4626@findex gdbarch_call_dummy_location
56caf160 4627See the file @file{inferior.h}.
7a292a7a 4628
4a9bb1df
UW
4629This method has been replaced by @code{gdbarch_push_dummy_code}
4630(@pxref{gdbarch_push_dummy_code}).
7043d8dc 4631
4a9bb1df
UW
4632@item int gdbarch_cannot_fetch_register (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regum})
4633@findex gdbarch_cannot_fetch_register
4634This function should return nonzero if @var{regno} cannot be fetched
a53f55d8 4635from an inferior process.
c906108c 4636
4a9bb1df
UW
4637@item int gdbarch_cannot_store_register (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regnum})
4638@findex gdbarch_cannot_store_register
4639This function should return nonzero if @var{regno} should not be
c906108c 4640written to the target. This is often the case for program counters,
4a9bb1df
UW
4641status words, and other special registers. This function returns 0 as
4642default so that @value{GDBN} will assume that all registers may be written.
c906108c 4643
4a9bb1df
UW
4644@item int gdbarch_convert_register_p (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regnum}, struct type *@var{type})
4645@findex gdbarch_convert_register_p
83acabca
DJ
4646Return non-zero if register @var{regnum} represents data values of type
4647@var{type} in a non-standard form.
13d01224
AC
4648@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
4649
a53f55d8
PA
4650@item int gdbarch_fp0_regnum (@var{gdbarch})
4651@findex gdbarch_fp0_regnum
4652This function returns the number of the first floating point register,
4653if the machine has such registers. Otherwise, it returns -1.
4654
4a9bb1df
UW
4655@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_decr_pc_after_break (@var{gdbarch})
4656@findex gdbarch_decr_pc_after_break
4657This function shall return the amount by which to decrement the PC after the
c906108c 4658program encounters a breakpoint. This is often the number of bytes in
56caf160 4659@code{BREAKPOINT}, though not always. For most targets this value will be 0.
c906108c 4660
56caf160
EZ
4661@item DISABLE_UNSETTABLE_BREAK (@var{addr})
4662@findex DISABLE_UNSETTABLE_BREAK
c906108c
SS
4663If defined, this should evaluate to 1 if @var{addr} is in a shared
4664library in which breakpoints cannot be set and so should be disabled.
4665
4a9bb1df
UW
4666@item int gdbarch_dwarf2_reg_to_regnum (@var{gdbarch}, @var{dwarf2_regnr})
4667@findex gdbarch_dwarf2_reg_to_regnum
4668Convert DWARF2 register number @var{dwarf2_regnr} into @value{GDBN} regnum.
4669If not defined, no conversion will be performed.
0dcedd82 4670
4a9bb1df
UW
4671@item int gdbarch_ecoff_reg_to_regnum (@var{gdbarch}, @var{ecoff_regnr})
4672@findex gdbarch_ecoff_reg_to_regnum
4673Convert ECOFF register number @var{ecoff_regnr} into @value{GDBN} regnum. If
4674not defined, no conversion will be performed.
c906108c 4675
c906108c 4676@item GCC_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
56caf160
EZ
4677@itemx GCC2_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
4678@findex GCC2_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
4679@findex GCC_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
4680If defined, these are the names of the symbols that @value{GDBN} will
4681look for to detect that GCC compiled the file. The default symbols
4682are @code{gcc_compiled.} and @code{gcc2_compiled.},
4683respectively. (Currently only defined for the Delta 68.)
c906108c 4684
4a9bb1df
UW
4685@item gdbarch_get_longjmp_target
4686@findex gdbarch_get_longjmp_target
1f70da6a
SS
4687This function determines the target PC address that @code{longjmp}
4688will jump to, assuming that we have just stopped at a @code{longjmp}
4689breakpoint. It takes a @code{CORE_ADDR *} as argument, and stores the
4690target PC value through this pointer. It examines the current state
4691of the machine as needed, typically by using a manually-determined
587afa38 4692offset into the @code{jmp_buf}. (While we might like to get the offset
1f70da6a
SS
4693from the target's @file{jmpbuf.h}, that header file cannot be assumed
4694to be available when building a cross-debugger.)
c906108c 4695
268e2188
AC
4696@item DEPRECATED_IBM6000_TARGET
4697@findex DEPRECATED_IBM6000_TARGET
4698Shows that we are configured for an IBM RS/6000 system. This
c906108c 4699conditional should be eliminated (FIXME) and replaced by
1f70da6a 4700feature-specific macros. It was introduced in haste and we are
c906108c
SS
4701repenting at leisure.
4702
9742079a
EZ
4703@item I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
4704An x86-based target can define this to use the generic x86 watchpoint
4705support; see @ref{Algorithms, I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
4706
4a9bb1df 4707@item gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (@var{gdbarch}, @var{addr})
9e5abb06 4708@findex gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p
4a9bb1df 4709Returns non-zero if the given @var{addr} is in the epilogue of a function.
9e5abb06
CV
4710The epilogue of a function is defined as the part of a function where
4711the stack frame of the function already has been destroyed up to the
4712final `return from function call' instruction.
4713
4a9bb1df
UW
4714@item int gdbarch_in_solib_return_trampoline (@var{gdbarch}, @var{pc}, @var{name})
4715@findex gdbarch_in_solib_return_trampoline
4716Define this function to return nonzero if the program is stopped in the
c906108c
SS
4717trampoline that returns from a shared library.
4718
cfd8ab24
SS
4719@item target_so_ops.in_dynsym_resolve_code (@var{pc})
4720@findex in_dynsym_resolve_code
4a9bb1df 4721Define this to return nonzero if the program is stopped in the
d4f3574e
SS
4722dynamic linker.
4723
56caf160
EZ
4724@item SKIP_SOLIB_RESOLVER (@var{pc})
4725@findex SKIP_SOLIB_RESOLVER
d4f3574e
SS
4726Define this to evaluate to the (nonzero) address at which execution
4727should continue to get past the dynamic linker's symbol resolution
4728function. A zero value indicates that it is not important or necessary
4729to set a breakpoint to get through the dynamic linker and that single
4730stepping will suffice.
4731
4a9bb1df
UW
4732@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_integer_to_address (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type}, @var{buf})
4733@findex gdbarch_integer_to_address
fc0c74b1
AC
4734@cindex converting integers to addresses
4735Define this when the architecture needs to handle non-pointer to address
4736conversions specially. Converts that value to an address according to
4737the current architectures conventions.
4738
4739@emph{Pragmatics: When the user copies a well defined expression from
4740their source code and passes it, as a parameter, to @value{GDBN}'s
4741@code{print} command, they should get the same value as would have been
4742computed by the target program. Any deviation from this rule can cause
4743major confusion and annoyance, and needs to be justified carefully. In
4744other words, @value{GDBN} doesn't really have the freedom to do these
4745conversions in clever and useful ways. It has, however, been pointed
4746out that users aren't complaining about how @value{GDBN} casts integers
4747to pointers; they are complaining that they can't take an address from a
4748disassembly listing and give it to @code{x/i}. Adding an architecture
4a9bb1df 4749method like @code{gdbarch_integer_to_address} certainly makes it possible for
fc0c74b1
AC
4750@value{GDBN} to ``get it right'' in all circumstances.}
4751
4752@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always
4753Addresses}.
4754
4a9bb1df
UW
4755@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_pointer_to_address (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type}, @var{buf})
4756@findex gdbarch_pointer_to_address
93e79dbd
JB
4757Assume that @var{buf} holds a pointer of type @var{type}, in the
4758appropriate format for the current architecture. Return the byte
4759address the pointer refers to.
4760@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always Addresses}.
4761
4a9bb1df
UW
4762@item void gdbarch_register_to_value(@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame}, @var{regnum}, @var{type}, @var{fur})
4763@findex gdbarch_register_to_value
13d01224
AC
4764Convert the raw contents of register @var{regnum} into a value of type
4765@var{type}.
4281a42e 4766@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
9fb4dd36 4767
9fb4dd36 4768@item REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL(@var{reg}, @var{type}, @var{from}, @var{to})
56caf160 4769@findex REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL
9fb4dd36 4770Convert the value of register @var{reg} from its raw form to its virtual
4281a42e 4771form.
13d01224 4772@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36
JB
4773
4774@item REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW(@var{type}, @var{reg}, @var{from}, @var{to})
56caf160 4775@findex REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW
9fb4dd36 4776Convert the value of register @var{reg} from its virtual form to its raw
4281a42e 4777form.
13d01224 4778@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36 4779
0ab4b752
MK
4780@item const struct regset *regset_from_core_section (struct gdbarch * @var{gdbarch}, const char * @var{sect_name}, size_t @var{sect_size})
4781@findex regset_from_core_section
4782Return the appropriate register set for a core file section with name
4783@var{sect_name} and size @var{sect_size}.
4784
b0ed3589 4785@item SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP_P()
56caf160 4786@findex SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP_P
c906108c 4787Define this as 1 if the target does not have a hardware single-step
56caf160 4788mechanism. The macro @code{SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP} must also be defined.
c906108c 4789
d3e8051b 4790@item SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP(@var{signal}, @var{insert_breakpoints_p})
56caf160
EZ
4791@findex SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP
4792A function that inserts or removes (depending on
d3e8051b 4793@var{insert_breakpoints_p}) breakpoints at each possible destinations of
587afa38 4794the next instruction. See @file{sparc-tdep.c} and @file{rs6000-tdep.c}
c906108c
SS
4795for examples.
4796
e35879db
UW
4797@item set_gdbarch_sofun_address_maybe_missing (@var{gdbarch}, @var{set})
4798@findex set_gdbarch_sofun_address_maybe_missing
4799Somebody clever observed that, the more actual addresses you have in the
4800debug information, the more time the linker has to spend relocating
4801them. So whenever there's some other way the debugger could find the
4802address it needs, you should omit it from the debug info, to make
4803linking faster.
4804
4805Calling @code{set_gdbarch_sofun_address_maybe_missing} with a non-zero
4806argument @var{set} indicates that a particular set of hacks of this sort
4807are in use, affecting @code{N_SO} and @code{N_FUN} entries in stabs-format
4808debugging information. @code{N_SO} stabs mark the beginning and ending
4809addresses of compilation units in the text segment. @code{N_FUN} stabs
4810mark the starts and ends of functions.
4811
4812In this case, @value{GDBN} assumes two things:
4813
4814@itemize @bullet
4815@item
4816@code{N_FUN} stabs have an address of zero. Instead of using those
4817addresses, you should find the address where the function starts by
4818taking the function name from the stab, and then looking that up in the
4819minsyms (the linker/assembler symbol table). In other words, the stab
4820has the name, and the linker/assembler symbol table is the only place
4821that carries the address.
4822
4823@item
4824@code{N_SO} stabs have an address of zero, too. You just look at the
4825@code{N_FUN} stabs that appear before and after the @code{N_SO} stab, and
4826guess the starting and ending addresses of the compilation unit from them.
4827@end itemize
4828
4a9bb1df
UW
4829@item int gdbarch_stabs_argument_has_addr (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type})
4830@findex gdbarch_stabs_argument_has_addr
4a9bb1df
UW
4831@anchor{gdbarch_stabs_argument_has_addr} Define this function to return
4832nonzero if a function argument of type @var{type} is passed by reference
4833instead of value.
a38c9fe6 4834
4a9bb1df
UW
4835@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_push_dummy_call (@var{gdbarch}, @var{function}, @var{regcache}, @var{bp_addr}, @var{nargs}, @var{args}, @var{sp}, @var{struct_return}, @var{struct_addr})
4836@findex gdbarch_push_dummy_call
4a9bb1df
UW
4837@anchor{gdbarch_push_dummy_call} Define this to push the dummy frame's call to
4838the inferior function onto the stack. In addition to pushing @var{nargs}, the
4839code should push @var{struct_addr} (when @var{struct_return} is non-zero), and
4840the return address (@var{bp_addr}).
c906108c 4841
86fe4aaa 4842@var{function} is a pointer to a @code{struct value}; on architectures that use
d4b6d575
RC
4843function descriptors, this contains the function descriptor value.
4844
b24da7d0 4845Returns the updated top-of-stack pointer.
b81774d8 4846
4a9bb1df
UW
4847@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_push_dummy_code (@var{gdbarch}, @var{sp}, @var{funaddr}, @var{using_gcc}, @var{args}, @var{nargs}, @var{value_type}, @var{real_pc}, @var{bp_addr}, @var{regcache})
4848@findex gdbarch_push_dummy_code
4849@anchor{gdbarch_push_dummy_code} Given a stack based call dummy, push the
7043d8dc
AC
4850instruction sequence (including space for a breakpoint) to which the
4851called function should return.
4852
4853Set @var{bp_addr} to the address at which the breakpoint instruction
4854should be inserted, @var{real_pc} to the resume address when starting
4855the call sequence, and return the updated inner-most stack address.
4856
4857By default, the stack is grown sufficient to hold a frame-aligned
4858(@pxref{frame_align}) breakpoint, @var{bp_addr} is set to the address
4859reserved for that breakpoint, and @var{real_pc} set to @var{funaddr}.
4860
1f70da6a 4861This method replaces @w{@code{gdbarch_call_dummy_location (@var{gdbarch})}}.
7043d8dc 4862
4a9bb1df
UW
4863@item int gdbarch_sdb_reg_to_regnum (@var{gdbarch}, @var{sdb_regnr})
4864@findex gdbarch_sdb_reg_to_regnum
4865Use this function to convert sdb register @var{sdb_regnr} into @value{GDBN}
4866regnum. If not defined, no conversion will be done.
c906108c 4867
963e2bb7 4868@item enum return_value_convention gdbarch_return_value (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct type *@var{valtype}, struct regcache *@var{regcache}, void *@var{readbuf}, const void *@var{writebuf})
92ad9cd9
AC
4869@findex gdbarch_return_value
4870@anchor{gdbarch_return_value} Given a function with a return-value of
4871type @var{rettype}, return which return-value convention that function
4872would use.
4873
4874@value{GDBN} currently recognizes two function return-value conventions:
4875@code{RETURN_VALUE_REGISTER_CONVENTION} where the return value is found
4876in registers; and @code{RETURN_VALUE_STRUCT_CONVENTION} where the return
4877value is found in memory and the address of that memory location is
4878passed in as the function's first parameter.
4879
963e2bb7
AC
4880If the register convention is being used, and @var{writebuf} is
4881non-@code{NULL}, also copy the return-value in @var{writebuf} into
92ad9cd9
AC
4882@var{regcache}.
4883
963e2bb7 4884If the register convention is being used, and @var{readbuf} is
92ad9cd9 4885non-@code{NULL}, also copy the return value from @var{regcache} into
963e2bb7 4886@var{readbuf} (@var{regcache} contains a copy of the registers from the
92ad9cd9
AC
4887just returned function).
4888
92ad9cd9
AC
4889@emph{Maintainer note: This method replaces separate predicate, extract,
4890store methods. By having only one method, the logic needed to determine
4891the return-value convention need only be implemented in one place. If
4892@value{GDBN} were written in an @sc{oo} language, this method would
4893instead return an object that knew how to perform the register
4894return-value extract and store.}
4895
4896@emph{Maintainer note: This method does not take a @var{gcc_p}
4897parameter, and such a parameter should not be added. If an architecture
4898that requires per-compiler or per-function information be identified,
4899then the replacement of @var{rettype} with @code{struct value}
d3e8051b 4900@var{function} should be pursued.}
92ad9cd9
AC
4901
4902@emph{Maintainer note: The @var{regcache} parameter limits this methods
4903to the inner most frame. While replacing @var{regcache} with a
4904@code{struct frame_info} @var{frame} parameter would remove that
4905limitation there has yet to be a demonstrated need for such a change.}
4906
4a9bb1df
UW
4907@item void gdbarch_skip_permanent_breakpoint (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regcache})
4908@findex gdbarch_skip_permanent_breakpoint
25822942 4909Advance the inferior's PC past a permanent breakpoint. @value{GDBN} normally
c2c6d25f
JM
4910steps over a breakpoint by removing it, stepping one instruction, and
4911re-inserting the breakpoint. However, permanent breakpoints are
4912hardwired into the inferior, and can't be removed, so this strategy
4a9bb1df
UW
4913doesn't work. Calling @code{gdbarch_skip_permanent_breakpoint} adjusts the
4914processor's state so that execution will resume just after the breakpoint.
4915This function does the right thing even when the breakpoint is in the delay slot
c2c6d25f
JM
4916of a branch or jump.
4917
4a9bb1df
UW
4918@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_skip_trampoline_code (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame}, @var{pc})
4919@findex gdbarch_skip_trampoline_code
c906108c 4920If the target machine has trampoline code that sits between callers and
4a9bb1df 4921the functions being called, then define this function to return a new PC
c906108c
SS
4922that is at the start of the real function.
4923
1f70da6a
SS
4924@item int gdbarch_deprecated_fp_regnum (@var{gdbarch})
4925@findex gdbarch_deprecated_fp_regnum
4926If the frame pointer is in a register, use this function to return the
4927number of that register.
4928
4a9bb1df
UW
4929@item int gdbarch_stab_reg_to_regnum (@var{gdbarch}, @var{stab_regnr})
4930@findex gdbarch_stab_reg_to_regnum
4931Use this function to convert stab register @var{stab_regnr} into @value{GDBN}
4932regnum. If not defined, no conversion will be done.
4933
c906108c 4934@item SYMBOL_RELOADING_DEFAULT
56caf160
EZ
4935@findex SYMBOL_RELOADING_DEFAULT
4936The default value of the ``symbol-reloading'' variable. (Never defined in
c906108c
SS
4937current sources.)
4938
c906108c 4939@item TARGET_CHAR_BIT
56caf160 4940@findex TARGET_CHAR_BIT
c906108c
SS
4941Number of bits in a char; defaults to 8.
4942
4a9bb1df
UW
4943@item int gdbarch_char_signed (@var{gdbarch})
4944@findex gdbarch_char_signed
c3d3ce5b
JB
4945Non-zero if @code{char} is normally signed on this architecture; zero if
4946it should be unsigned.
4947
4948The ISO C standard requires the compiler to treat @code{char} as
4949equivalent to either @code{signed char} or @code{unsigned char}; any
4950character in the standard execution set is supposed to be positive.
4951Most compilers treat @code{char} as signed, but @code{char} is unsigned
4952on the IBM S/390, RS6000, and PowerPC targets.
4953
4a9bb1df
UW
4954@item int gdbarch_double_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4955@findex gdbarch_double_bit
4956Number of bits in a double float; defaults to @w{@code{8 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
c906108c 4957
4a9bb1df
UW
4958@item int gdbarch_float_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4959@findex gdbarch_float_bit
4960Number of bits in a float; defaults to @w{@code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
ac9a91a7 4961
4a9bb1df
UW
4962@item int gdbarch_int_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4963@findex gdbarch_int_bit
4964Number of bits in an integer; defaults to @w{@code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
c906108c 4965
4a9bb1df
UW
4966@item int gdbarch_long_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4967@findex gdbarch_long_bit
4968Number of bits in a long integer; defaults to @w{@code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
c906108c 4969
4a9bb1df
UW
4970@item int gdbarch_long_double_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4971@findex gdbarch_long_double_bit
c906108c 4972Number of bits in a long double float;
4a9bb1df
UW
4973defaults to @w{@code{2 * gdbarch_double_bit (@var{gdbarch})}}.
4974
4975@item int gdbarch_long_long_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4976@findex gdbarch_long_long_bit
4977Number of bits in a long long integer; defaults to
4978@w{@code{2 * gdbarch_long_bit (@var{gdbarch})}}.
4979
4980@item int gdbarch_ptr_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4981@findex gdbarch_ptr_bit
4982Number of bits in a pointer; defaults to
4983@w{@code{gdbarch_int_bit (@var{gdbarch})}}.
4984
4985@item int gdbarch_short_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4986@findex gdbarch_short_bit
4987Number of bits in a short integer; defaults to @w{@code{2 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
4988
4a9bb1df
UW
4989@item void gdbarch_virtual_frame_pointer (@var{gdbarch}, @var{pc}, @var{frame_regnum}, @var{frame_offset})
4990@findex gdbarch_virtual_frame_pointer
1f70da6a
SS
4991Returns a @code{(@var{register}, @var{offset})} pair representing the virtual
4992frame pointer in use at the code address @var{pc}. If virtual frame
4993pointers are not used, a default definition simply returns
4994@code{gdbarch_deprecated_fp_regnum} (or @code{gdbarch_sp_regnum}, if
4995no frame pointer is defined), with an offset of zero.
4996
587afa38
EZ
4997@c need to explain virtual frame pointers, they are recorded in agent
4998@c expressions for tracepoints
c906108c 4999
9742079a
EZ
5000@item TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS
5001If non-zero, the target has support for hardware-assisted
5002watchpoints. @xref{Algorithms, watchpoints}, for more details and
5003other related macros.
5004
4a9bb1df
UW
5005@item int gdbarch_print_insn (@var{gdbarch}, @var{vma}, @var{info})
5006@findex gdbarch_print_insn
7ccaa899 5007This is the function used by @value{GDBN} to print an assembly
4a9bb1df 5008instruction. It prints the instruction at address @var{vma} in
1f70da6a
SS
5009debugged memory and returns the length of the instruction, in bytes.
5010This usually points to a function in the @code{opcodes} library
5011(@pxref{Support Libraries, ,Opcodes}). @var{info} is a structure (of
5012type @code{disassemble_info}) defined in the header file
5013@file{include/dis-asm.h}, and used to pass information to the
5014instruction decoding routine.
7ccaa899 5015
669fac23
DJ
5016@item frame_id gdbarch_dummy_id (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame})
5017@findex gdbarch_dummy_id
5018@anchor{gdbarch_dummy_id} Given @var{frame} return a @w{@code{struct
4a9bb1df 5019frame_id}} that uniquely identifies an inferior function call's dummy
b24da7d0 5020frame. The value returned must match the dummy frame stack value
669fac23 5021previously saved by @code{call_function_by_hand}.
6314f104 5022
4a9bb1df
UW
5023@item void gdbarch_value_to_register (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame}, @var{type}, @var{buf})
5024@findex gdbarch_value_to_register
5025Convert a value of type @var{type} into the raw contents of a register.
13d01224
AC
5026@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
5027
c906108c
SS
5028@end table
5029
5030Motorola M68K target conditionals.
5031
56caf160 5032@ftable @code
c906108c
SS
5033@item BPT_VECTOR
5034Define this to be the 4-bit location of the breakpoint trap vector. If
5035not defined, it will default to @code{0xf}.
5036
5037@item REMOTE_BPT_VECTOR
5038Defaults to @code{1}.
a23a7bf1 5039
56caf160 5040@end ftable
c906108c 5041
b6fd0dfb 5042@node Adding a New Target
c906108c
SS
5043@section Adding a New Target
5044
56caf160 5045@cindex adding a target
af6c57ea 5046The following files add a target to @value{GDBN}:
c906108c
SS
5047
5048@table @file
f0323ca0 5049@cindex target dependent files
c906108c 5050
c906108c
SS
5051@item gdb/@var{ttt}-tdep.c
5052Contains any miscellaneous code required for this target machine. On
1f70da6a 5053some machines it doesn't exist at all.
c906108c 5054
af6c57ea
AC
5055@item gdb/@var{arch}-tdep.c
5056@itemx gdb/@var{arch}-tdep.h
1f70da6a
SS
5057This is required to describe the basic layout of the target machine's
5058processor chip (registers, stack, etc.). It can be shared among many
5059targets that use the same processor architecture.
af6c57ea 5060
c906108c
SS
5061@end table
5062
1f70da6a
SS
5063(Target header files such as
5064@file{gdb/config/@var{arch}/tm-@var{ttt}.h},
5065@file{gdb/config/@var{arch}/tm-@var{arch}.h}, and
5066@file{config/tm-@var{os}.h} are no longer used.)
c906108c 5067
587afa38
EZ
5068@findex _initialize_@var{arch}_tdep
5069A @value{GDBN} description for a new architecture, arch is created by
5070defining a global function @code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep}, by
5071convention in the source file @file{@var{arch}-tdep.c}. For
5072example, in the case of the OpenRISC 1000, this function is called
5073@code{_initialize_or1k_tdep} and is found in the file
5074@file{or1k-tdep.c}.
5075
5076The object file resulting from compiling this source file, which will
5077contain the implementation of the
5078@code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep} function is specified in the
5079@value{GDBN} @file{configure.tgt} file, which includes a large case
5080statement pattern matching against the @code{--target} option of the
5081@kbd{configure} script.
5082
5083@quotation
5084@emph{Note:} If the architecture requires multiple source files, the
5085corresponding binaries should be included in
5086@file{configure.tgt}. However if there are header files, the
5087dependencies on these will not be picked up from the entries in
5088@file{configure.tgt}. The @file{Makefile.in} file will need extending to
5089show these dependencies.
5090@end quotation
5091
5092@findex gdbarch_register
5093A new struct gdbarch, defining the new architecture, is created within
5094the @code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep} function by calling
5095@code{gdbarch_register}:
5096
5097@smallexample
5098void gdbarch_register (enum bfd_architecture architecture,
5099 gdbarch_init_ftype *init_func,
5100 gdbarch_dump_tdep_ftype *tdep_dump_func);
5101@end smallexample
5102
5103This function has been described fully in an earlier
5104section. @xref{How an Architecture is Represented, , How an
5105Architecture is Represented}.
5106
5107The new @code{@w{struct gdbarch}} should contain implementations of
5108the necessary functions (described in the previous sections) to
5109describe the basic layout of the target machine's processor chip
5110(registers, stack, etc.). It can be shared among many targets that use
5111the same processor architecture.
5112
123dc839
DJ
5113@node Target Descriptions
5114@chapter Target Descriptions
5115@cindex target descriptions
5116
5117The target architecture definition (@pxref{Target Architecture Definition})
5118contains @value{GDBN}'s hard-coded knowledge about an architecture. For
5119some platforms, it is handy to have more flexible knowledge about a specific
5120instance of the architecture---for instance, a processor or development board.
5121@dfn{Target descriptions} provide a mechanism for the user to tell @value{GDBN}
5122more about what their target supports, or for the target to tell @value{GDBN}
5123directly.
5124
5125For details on writing, automatically supplying, and manually selecting
5126target descriptions, see @ref{Target Descriptions, , , gdb,
5127Debugging with @value{GDBN}}. This section will cover some related
5128topics about the @value{GDBN} internals.
5129
5130@menu
5131* Target Descriptions Implementation::
5132* Adding Target Described Register Support::
5133@end menu
5134
5135@node Target Descriptions Implementation
5136@section Target Descriptions Implementation
5137@cindex target descriptions, implementation
5138
5139Before @value{GDBN} connects to a new target, or runs a new program on
5140an existing target, it discards any existing target description and
5141reverts to a default gdbarch. Then, after connecting, it looks for a
5142new target description by calling @code{target_find_description}.
5143
5144A description may come from a user specified file (XML), the remote
5145@samp{qXfer:features:read} packet (also XML), or from any custom
5146@code{to_read_description} routine in the target vector. For instance,
5147the remote target supports guessing whether a MIPS target is 32-bit or
514864-bit based on the size of the @samp{g} packet.
5149
5150If any target description is found, @value{GDBN} creates a new gdbarch
5151incorporating the description by calling @code{gdbarch_update_p}. Any
5152@samp{<architecture>} element is handled first, to determine which
5153architecture's gdbarch initialization routine is called to create the
5154new architecture. Then the initialization routine is called, and has
5155a chance to adjust the constructed architecture based on the contents
5156of the target description. For instance, it can recognize any
5157properties set by a @code{to_read_description} routine. Also
5158see @ref{Adding Target Described Register Support}.
5159
5160@node Adding Target Described Register Support
5161@section Adding Target Described Register Support
5162@cindex target descriptions, adding register support
5163
5164Target descriptions can report additional registers specific to an
5165instance of the target. But it takes a little work in the architecture
5166specific routines to support this.
5167
5168A target description must either have no registers or a complete
5169set---this avoids complexity in trying to merge standard registers
5170with the target defined registers. It is the architecture's
5171responsibility to validate that a description with registers has
5172everything it needs. To keep architecture code simple, the same
5173mechanism is used to assign fixed internal register numbers to
5174standard registers.
5175
5176If @code{tdesc_has_registers} returns 1, the description contains
5177registers. The architecture's @code{gdbarch_init} routine should:
5178
5179@itemize @bullet
5180
5181@item
5182Call @code{tdesc_data_alloc} to allocate storage, early, before
5183searching for a matching gdbarch or allocating a new one.
5184
5185@item
5186Use @code{tdesc_find_feature} to locate standard features by name.
5187
5188@item
5189Use @code{tdesc_numbered_register} and @code{tdesc_numbered_register_choices}
5190to locate the expected registers in the standard features.
5191
5192@item
5193Return @code{NULL} if a required feature is missing, or if any standard
5194feature is missing expected registers. This will produce a warning that
5195the description was incomplete.
5196
5197@item
5198Free the allocated data before returning, unless @code{tdesc_use_registers}
5199is called.
5200
5201@item
5202Call @code{set_gdbarch_num_regs} as usual, with a number higher than any
5203fixed number passed to @code{tdesc_numbered_register}.
5204
5205@item
5206Call @code{tdesc_use_registers} after creating a new gdbarch, before
5207returning it.
5208
5209@end itemize
5210
5211After @code{tdesc_use_registers} has been called, the architecture's
5212@code{register_name}, @code{register_type}, and @code{register_reggroup_p}
5213routines will not be called; that information will be taken from
5214the target description. @code{num_regs} may be increased to account
5215for any additional registers in the description.
5216
5217Pseudo-registers require some extra care:
5218
5219@itemize @bullet
5220
5221@item
5222Using @code{tdesc_numbered_register} allows the architecture to give
5223constant register numbers to standard architectural registers, e.g.@:
5224as an @code{enum} in @file{@var{arch}-tdep.h}. But because
5225pseudo-registers are always numbered above @code{num_regs},
5226which may be increased by the description, constant numbers
5227can not be used for pseudos. They must be numbered relative to
5228@code{num_regs} instead.
5229
5230@item
5231The description will not describe pseudo-registers, so the
5232architecture must call @code{set_tdesc_pseudo_register_name},
5233@code{set_tdesc_pseudo_register_type}, and
5234@code{set_tdesc_pseudo_register_reggroup_p} to supply routines
5235describing pseudo registers. These routines will be passed
5236internal register numbers, so the same routines used for the
5237gdbarch equivalents are usually suitable.
5238
5239@end itemize
5240
5241
c906108c
SS
5242@node Target Vector Definition
5243
5244@chapter Target Vector Definition
56caf160 5245@cindex target vector
c906108c 5246
56caf160
EZ
5247The target vector defines the interface between @value{GDBN}'s
5248abstract handling of target systems, and the nitty-gritty code that
5249actually exercises control over a process or a serial port.
5250@value{GDBN} includes some 30-40 different target vectors; however,
5251each configuration of @value{GDBN} includes only a few of them.
c906108c 5252
52bb452f
DJ
5253@menu
5254* Managing Execution State::
5255* Existing Targets::
5256@end menu
5257
5258@node Managing Execution State
5259@section Managing Execution State
5260@cindex execution state
5261
5262A target vector can be completely inactive (not pushed on the target
5263stack), active but not running (pushed, but not connected to a fully
5264manifested inferior), or completely active (pushed, with an accessible
5265inferior). Most targets are only completely inactive or completely
d3e8051b 5266active, but some support persistent connections to a target even
52bb452f
DJ
5267when the target has exited or not yet started.
5268
5269For example, connecting to the simulator using @code{target sim} does
5270not create a running program. Neither registers nor memory are
5271accessible until @code{run}. Similarly, after @code{kill}, the
5272program can not continue executing. But in both cases @value{GDBN}
5273remains connected to the simulator, and target-specific commands
5274are directed to the simulator.
5275
5276A target which only supports complete activation should push itself
5277onto the stack in its @code{to_open} routine (by calling
5278@code{push_target}), and unpush itself from the stack in its
5279@code{to_mourn_inferior} routine (by calling @code{unpush_target}).
5280
5281A target which supports both partial and complete activation should
5282still call @code{push_target} in @code{to_open}, but not call
5283@code{unpush_target} in @code{to_mourn_inferior}. Instead, it should
5284call either @code{target_mark_running} or @code{target_mark_exited}
5285in its @code{to_open}, depending on whether the target is fully active
5286after connection. It should also call @code{target_mark_running} any
5287time the inferior becomes fully active (e.g.@: in
5288@code{to_create_inferior} and @code{to_attach}), and
5289@code{target_mark_exited} when the inferior becomes inactive (in
5290@code{to_mourn_inferior}). The target should also make sure to call
5291@code{target_mourn_inferior} from its @code{to_kill}, to return the
5292target to inactive state.
5293
5294@node Existing Targets
5295@section Existing Targets
5296@cindex targets
5297
5298@subsection File Targets
c906108c
SS
5299
5300Both executables and core files have target vectors.
5301
52bb452f 5302@subsection Standard Protocol and Remote Stubs
c906108c 5303
587afa38
EZ
5304@value{GDBN}'s file @file{remote.c} talks a serial protocol to code that
5305runs in the target system. @value{GDBN} provides several sample
56caf160 5306@dfn{stubs} that can be integrated into target programs or operating
587afa38 5307systems for this purpose; they are named @file{@var{cpu}-stub.c}. Many
1f70da6a 5308operating systems, embedded targets, emulators, and simulators already
587afa38 5309have a @value{GDBN} stub built into them, and maintenance of the remote
1f70da6a 5310protocol must be careful to preserve compatibility.
c906108c 5311
56caf160
EZ
5312The @value{GDBN} user's manual describes how to put such a stub into
5313your target code. What follows is a discussion of integrating the
5314SPARC stub into a complicated operating system (rather than a simple
5315program), by Stu Grossman, the author of this stub.
c906108c
SS
5316
5317The trap handling code in the stub assumes the following upon entry to
56caf160 5318@code{trap_low}:
c906108c
SS
5319
5320@enumerate
56caf160
EZ
5321@item
5322%l1 and %l2 contain pc and npc respectively at the time of the trap;
c906108c 5323
56caf160
EZ
5324@item
5325traps are disabled;
c906108c 5326
56caf160
EZ
5327@item
5328you are in the correct trap window.
c906108c
SS
5329@end enumerate
5330
5331As long as your trap handler can guarantee those conditions, then there
56caf160 5332is no reason why you shouldn't be able to ``share'' traps with the stub.
c906108c
SS
5333The stub has no requirement that it be jumped to directly from the
5334hardware trap vector. That is why it calls @code{exceptionHandler()},
5335which is provided by the external environment. For instance, this could
56caf160 5336set up the hardware traps to actually execute code which calls the stub
c906108c
SS
5337first, and then transfers to its own trap handler.
5338
5339For the most point, there probably won't be much of an issue with
56caf160 5340``sharing'' traps, as the traps we use are usually not used by the kernel,
c906108c
SS
5341and often indicate unrecoverable error conditions. Anyway, this is all
5342controlled by a table, and is trivial to modify. The most important
5343trap for us is for @code{ta 1}. Without that, we can't single step or
5344do breakpoints. Everything else is unnecessary for the proper operation
5345of the debugger/stub.
5346
5347From reading the stub, it's probably not obvious how breakpoints work.
25822942 5348They are simply done by deposit/examine operations from @value{GDBN}.
c906108c 5349
52bb452f 5350@subsection ROM Monitor Interface
c906108c 5351
52bb452f 5352@subsection Custom Protocols
c906108c 5353
52bb452f 5354@subsection Transport Layer
c906108c 5355
52bb452f 5356@subsection Builtin Simulator
c906108c
SS
5357
5358
5359@node Native Debugging
5360
5361@chapter Native Debugging
56caf160 5362@cindex native debugging
c906108c 5363
25822942 5364Several files control @value{GDBN}'s configuration for native support:
c906108c
SS
5365
5366@table @file
56caf160 5367@vindex NATDEPFILES
c906108c 5368@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{xyz}.mh
7fd60527 5369Specifies Makefile fragments needed by a @emph{native} configuration on
c906108c
SS
5370machine @var{xyz}. In particular, this lists the required
5371native-dependent object files, by defining @samp{NATDEPFILES=@dots{}}.
5372Also specifies the header file which describes native support on
5373@var{xyz}, by defining @samp{NAT_FILE= nm-@var{xyz}.h}. You can also
5374define @samp{NAT_CFLAGS}, @samp{NAT_ADD_FILES}, @samp{NAT_CLIBS},
3d0bb823 5375@samp{NAT_CDEPS}, @samp{NAT_GENERATED_FILES}, etc.; see @file{Makefile.in}.
c906108c 5376
7fd60527
AC
5377@emph{Maintainer's note: The @file{.mh} suffix is because this file
5378originally contained @file{Makefile} fragments for hosting @value{GDBN}
5379on machine @var{xyz}. While the file is no longer used for this
937f164b 5380purpose, the @file{.mh} suffix remains. Perhaps someone will
7fd60527
AC
5381eventually rename these fragments so that they have a @file{.mn}
5382suffix.}
5383
c906108c 5384@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/nm-@var{xyz}.h
56caf160 5385(@file{nm.h} is a link to this file, created by @code{configure}). Contains C
c906108c
SS
5386macro definitions describing the native system environment, such as
5387child process control and core file support.
5388
5389@item gdb/@var{xyz}-nat.c
5390Contains any miscellaneous C code required for this native support of
5391this machine. On some machines it doesn't exist at all.
c906108c
SS
5392@end table
5393
5394There are some ``generic'' versions of routines that can be used by
5395various systems. These can be customized in various ways by macros
5396defined in your @file{nm-@var{xyz}.h} file. If these routines work for
5397the @var{xyz} host, you can just include the generic file's name (with
5398@samp{.o}, not @samp{.c}) in @code{NATDEPFILES}.
5399
5400Otherwise, if your machine needs custom support routines, you will need
5401to write routines that perform the same functions as the generic file.
56caf160 5402Put them into @file{@var{xyz}-nat.c}, and put @file{@var{xyz}-nat.o}
c906108c
SS
5403into @code{NATDEPFILES}.
5404
5405@table @file
c906108c
SS
5406@item inftarg.c
5407This contains the @emph{target_ops vector} that supports Unix child
5408processes on systems which use ptrace and wait to control the child.
5409
5410@item procfs.c
5411This contains the @emph{target_ops vector} that supports Unix child
5412processes on systems which use /proc to control the child.
5413
5414@item fork-child.c
56caf160
EZ
5415This does the low-level grunge that uses Unix system calls to do a ``fork
5416and exec'' to start up a child process.
c906108c
SS
5417
5418@item infptrace.c
5419This is the low level interface to inferior processes for systems using
5420the Unix @code{ptrace} call in a vanilla way.
c906108c
SS
5421@end table
5422
c906108c
SS
5423@section ptrace
5424
5425@section /proc
5426
5427@section win32
5428
5429@section shared libraries
5430
5431@section Native Conditionals
56caf160 5432@cindex native conditionals
c906108c 5433
56caf160
EZ
5434When @value{GDBN} is configured and compiled, various macros are
5435defined or left undefined, to control compilation when the host and
5436target systems are the same. These macros should be defined (or left
5437undefined) in @file{nm-@var{system}.h}.
c906108c 5438
1f6d4158
AC
5439@table @code
5440
9742079a
EZ
5441@item I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
5442An x86-based machine can define this to use the generic x86 watchpoint
5443support; see @ref{Algorithms, I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
5444
990f9fe3 5445@item SOLIB_ADD (@var{filename}, @var{from_tty}, @var{targ}, @var{readsyms})
56caf160 5446@findex SOLIB_ADD
c906108c 5447Define this to expand into an expression that will cause the symbols in
587afa38 5448@var{filename} to be added to @value{GDBN}'s symbol table. If
990f9fe3
FF
5449@var{readsyms} is zero symbols are not read but any necessary low level
5450processing for @var{filename} is still done.
c906108c
SS
5451
5452@item SOLIB_CREATE_INFERIOR_HOOK
56caf160 5453@findex SOLIB_CREATE_INFERIOR_HOOK
c906108c
SS
5454Define this to expand into any shared-library-relocation code that you
5455want to be run just after the child process has been forked.
5456
5457@item START_INFERIOR_TRAPS_EXPECTED
56caf160
EZ
5458@findex START_INFERIOR_TRAPS_EXPECTED
5459When starting an inferior, @value{GDBN} normally expects to trap
5460twice; once when
c906108c
SS
5461the shell execs, and once when the program itself execs. If the actual
5462number of traps is something other than 2, then define this macro to
5463expand into the number expected.
5464
c906108c
SS
5465@end table
5466
c906108c
SS
5467@node Support Libraries
5468
5469@chapter Support Libraries
5470
5471@section BFD
56caf160 5472@cindex BFD library
c906108c 5473
25822942 5474BFD provides support for @value{GDBN} in several ways:
c906108c
SS
5475
5476@table @emph
c906108c
SS
5477@item identifying executable and core files
5478BFD will identify a variety of file types, including a.out, coff, and
5479several variants thereof, as well as several kinds of core files.
5480
5481@item access to sections of files
5482BFD parses the file headers to determine the names, virtual addresses,
5483sizes, and file locations of all the various named sections in files
56caf160
EZ
5484(such as the text section or the data section). @value{GDBN} simply
5485calls BFD to read or write section @var{x} at byte offset @var{y} for
5486length @var{z}.
c906108c
SS
5487
5488@item specialized core file support
5489BFD provides routines to determine the failing command name stored in a
5490core file, the signal with which the program failed, and whether a core
56caf160 5491file matches (i.e.@: could be a core dump of) a particular executable
c906108c
SS
5492file.
5493
5494@item locating the symbol information
25822942
DB
5495@value{GDBN} uses an internal interface of BFD to determine where to find the
5496symbol information in an executable file or symbol-file. @value{GDBN} itself
c906108c 5497handles the reading of symbols, since BFD does not ``understand'' debug
25822942 5498symbols, but @value{GDBN} uses BFD's cached information to find the symbols,
c906108c 5499string table, etc.
c906108c
SS
5500@end table
5501
5502@section opcodes
56caf160 5503@cindex opcodes library
c906108c 5504
25822942 5505The opcodes library provides @value{GDBN}'s disassembler. (It's a separate
c906108c
SS
5506library because it's also used in binutils, for @file{objdump}).
5507
5508@section readline
86f04699
EZ
5509@cindex readline library
5510The @code{readline} library provides a set of functions for use by applications
5511that allow users to edit command lines as they are typed in.
c906108c
SS
5512
5513@section libiberty
1eb288ea
EZ
5514@cindex @code{libiberty} library
5515
5516The @code{libiberty} library provides a set of functions and features
5517that integrate and improve on functionality found in modern operating
5518systems. Broadly speaking, such features can be divided into three
5519groups: supplemental functions (functions that may be missing in some
5520environments and operating systems), replacement functions (providing
5521a uniform and easier to use interface for commonly used standard
5522functions), and extensions (which provide additional functionality
5523beyond standard functions).
5524
5525@value{GDBN} uses various features provided by the @code{libiberty}
5526library, for instance the C@t{++} demangler, the @acronym{IEEE}
5527floating format support functions, the input options parser
5528@samp{getopt}, the @samp{obstack} extension, and other functions.
5529
5530@subsection @code{obstacks} in @value{GDBN}
5531@cindex @code{obstacks}
5532
5533The obstack mechanism provides a convenient way to allocate and free
5534chunks of memory. Each obstack is a pool of memory that is managed
5535like a stack. Objects (of any nature, size and alignment) are
5536allocated and freed in a @acronym{LIFO} fashion on an obstack (see
d3e8051b 5537@code{libiberty}'s documentation for a more detailed explanation of
1eb288ea
EZ
5538@code{obstacks}).
5539
5540The most noticeable use of the @code{obstacks} in @value{GDBN} is in
5541object files. There is an obstack associated with each internal
5542representation of an object file. Lots of things get allocated on
5543these @code{obstacks}: dictionary entries, blocks, blockvectors,
5544symbols, minimal symbols, types, vectors of fundamental types, class
5545fields of types, object files section lists, object files section
d3e8051b 5546offset lists, line tables, symbol tables, partial symbol tables,
1eb288ea
EZ
5547string tables, symbol table private data, macros tables, debug
5548information sections and entries, import and export lists (som),
5549unwind information (hppa), dwarf2 location expressions data. Plus
5550various strings such as directory names strings, debug format strings,
5551names of types.
5552
5553An essential and convenient property of all data on @code{obstacks} is
5554that memory for it gets allocated (with @code{obstack_alloc}) at
d3e8051b 5555various times during a debugging session, but it is released all at
1eb288ea
EZ
5556once using the @code{obstack_free} function. The @code{obstack_free}
5557function takes a pointer to where in the stack it must start the
5558deletion from (much like the cleanup chains have a pointer to where to
5559start the cleanups). Because of the stack like structure of the
5560@code{obstacks}, this allows to free only a top portion of the
5561obstack. There are a few instances in @value{GDBN} where such thing
5562happens. Calls to @code{obstack_free} are done after some local data
5563is allocated to the obstack. Only the local data is deleted from the
5564obstack. Of course this assumes that nothing between the
5565@code{obstack_alloc} and the @code{obstack_free} allocates anything
5566else on the same obstack. For this reason it is best and safest to
5567use temporary @code{obstacks}.
5568
5569Releasing the whole obstack is also not safe per se. It is safe only
5570under the condition that we know the @code{obstacks} memory is no
5571longer needed. In @value{GDBN} we get rid of the @code{obstacks} only
5572when we get rid of the whole objfile(s), for instance upon reading a
5573new symbol file.
c906108c
SS
5574
5575@section gnu-regex
56caf160 5576@cindex regular expressions library
c906108c
SS
5577
5578Regex conditionals.
5579
5580@table @code
c906108c
SS
5581@item C_ALLOCA
5582
5583@item NFAILURES
5584
5585@item RE_NREGS
5586
5587@item SIGN_EXTEND_CHAR
5588
5589@item SWITCH_ENUM_BUG
5590
5591@item SYNTAX_TABLE
5592
5593@item Sword
5594
5595@item sparc
c906108c
SS
5596@end table
5597
350da6ee
DJ
5598@section Array Containers
5599@cindex Array Containers
5600@cindex VEC
5601
5602Often it is necessary to manipulate a dynamic array of a set of
5603objects. C forces some bookkeeping on this, which can get cumbersome
d3e8051b 5604and repetitive. The @file{vec.h} file contains macros for defining
350da6ee
DJ
5605and using a typesafe vector type. The functions defined will be
5606inlined when compiling, and so the abstraction cost should be zero.
5607Domain checks are added to detect programming errors.
5608
5609An example use would be an array of symbols or section information.
5610The array can be grown as symbols are read in (or preallocated), and
5611the accessor macros provided keep care of all the necessary
5612bookkeeping. Because the arrays are type safe, there is no danger of
5613accidentally mixing up the contents. Think of these as C++ templates,
5614but implemented in C.
5615
5616Because of the different behavior of structure objects, scalar objects
5617and of pointers, there are three flavors of vector, one for each of
5618these variants. Both the structure object and pointer variants pass
5619pointers to objects around --- in the former case the pointers are
5620stored into the vector and in the latter case the pointers are
5621dereferenced and the objects copied into the vector. The scalar
5622object variant is suitable for @code{int}-like objects, and the vector
5623elements are returned by value.
5624
5625There are both @code{index} and @code{iterate} accessors. The iterator
5626returns a boolean iteration condition and updates the iteration
5627variable passed by reference. Because the iterator will be inlined,
5628the address-of can be optimized away.
5629
5630The vectors are implemented using the trailing array idiom, thus they
5631are not resizeable without changing the address of the vector object
5632itself. This means you cannot have variables or fields of vector type
5633--- always use a pointer to a vector. The one exception is the final
5634field of a structure, which could be a vector type. You will have to
5635use the @code{embedded_size} & @code{embedded_init} calls to create
5636such objects, and they will probably not be resizeable (so don't use
5637the @dfn{safe} allocation variants). The trailing array idiom is used
5638(rather than a pointer to an array of data), because, if we allow
5639@code{NULL} to also represent an empty vector, empty vectors occupy
5640minimal space in the structure containing them.
5641
5642Each operation that increases the number of active elements is
5643available in @dfn{quick} and @dfn{safe} variants. The former presumes
5644that there is sufficient allocated space for the operation to succeed
5645(it dies if there is not). The latter will reallocate the vector, if
5646needed. Reallocation causes an exponential increase in vector size.
5647If you know you will be adding N elements, it would be more efficient
5648to use the reserve operation before adding the elements with the
5649@dfn{quick} operation. This will ensure there are at least as many
5650elements as you ask for, it will exponentially increase if there are
5651too few spare slots. If you want reserve a specific number of slots,
5652but do not want the exponential increase (for instance, you know this
5653is the last allocation), use a negative number for reservation. You
5654can also create a vector of a specific size from the get go.
5655
5656You should prefer the push and pop operations, as they append and
587afa38 5657remove from the end of the vector. If you need to remove several items
350da6ee
DJ
5658in one go, use the truncate operation. The insert and remove
5659operations allow you to change elements in the middle of the vector.
5660There are two remove operations, one which preserves the element
5661ordering @code{ordered_remove}, and one which does not
5662@code{unordered_remove}. The latter function copies the end element
5663into the removed slot, rather than invoke a memmove operation. The
5664@code{lower_bound} function will determine where to place an item in
5665the array using insert that will maintain sorted order.
5666
5667If you need to directly manipulate a vector, then the @code{address}
5668accessor will return the address of the start of the vector. Also the
5669@code{space} predicate will tell you whether there is spare capacity in the
5670vector. You will not normally need to use these two functions.
5671
5672Vector types are defined using a
5673@code{DEF_VEC_@{O,P,I@}(@var{typename})} macro. Variables of vector
5674type are declared using a @code{VEC(@var{typename})} macro. The
5675characters @code{O}, @code{P} and @code{I} indicate whether
5676@var{typename} is an object (@code{O}), pointer (@code{P}) or integral
5677(@code{I}) type. Be careful to pick the correct one, as you'll get an
5678awkward and inefficient API if you use the wrong one. There is a
5679check, which results in a compile-time warning, for the @code{P} and
5680@code{I} versions, but there is no check for the @code{O} versions, as
5681that is not possible in plain C.
5682
5683An example of their use would be,
5684
5685@smallexample
5686DEF_VEC_P(tree); // non-managed tree vector.
5687
5688struct my_struct @{
5689 VEC(tree) *v; // A (pointer to) a vector of tree pointers.
5690@};
5691
5692struct my_struct *s;
5693
5694if (VEC_length(tree, s->v)) @{ we have some contents @}
5695VEC_safe_push(tree, s->v, decl); // append some decl onto the end
5696for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(tree, s->v, ix, elt); ix++)
5697 @{ do something with elt @}
5698
5699@end smallexample
5700
5701The @file{vec.h} file provides details on how to invoke the various
5702accessors provided. They are enumerated here:
5703
5704@table @code
5705@item VEC_length
5706Return the number of items in the array,
5707
5708@item VEC_empty
5709Return true if the array has no elements.
5710
5711@item VEC_last
5712@itemx VEC_index
5713Return the last or arbitrary item in the array.
5714
5715@item VEC_iterate
5716Access an array element and indicate whether the array has been
5717traversed.
5718
5719@item VEC_alloc
5720@itemx VEC_free
5721Create and destroy an array.
5722
5723@item VEC_embedded_size
5724@itemx VEC_embedded_init
5725Helpers for embedding an array as the final element of another struct.
5726
5727@item VEC_copy
5728Duplicate an array.
5729
5730@item VEC_space
5731Return the amount of free space in an array.
5732
5733@item VEC_reserve
5734Ensure a certain amount of free space.
5735
5736@item VEC_quick_push
5737@itemx VEC_safe_push
5738Append to an array, either assuming the space is available, or making
5739sure that it is.
5740
5741@item VEC_pop
5742Remove the last item from an array.
5743
5744@item VEC_truncate
5745Remove several items from the end of an array.
5746
5747@item VEC_safe_grow
5748Add several items to the end of an array.
5749
5750@item VEC_replace
5751Overwrite an item in the array.
5752
5753@item VEC_quick_insert
5754@itemx VEC_safe_insert
5755Insert an item into the middle of the array. Either the space must
5756already exist, or the space is created.
5757
5758@item VEC_ordered_remove
5759@itemx VEC_unordered_remove
5760Remove an item from the array, preserving order or not.
5761
5762@item VEC_block_remove
5763Remove a set of items from the array.
5764
5765@item VEC_address
5766Provide the address of the first element.
5767
5768@item VEC_lower_bound
5769Binary search the array.
5770
5771@end table
5772
c906108c
SS
5773@section include
5774
5775@node Coding
5776
5777@chapter Coding
5778
5779This chapter covers topics that are lower-level than the major
25822942 5780algorithms of @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
5781
5782@section Cleanups
56caf160 5783@cindex cleanups
c906108c
SS
5784
5785Cleanups are a structured way to deal with things that need to be done
cc1cb004 5786later.
c906108c 5787
cc1cb004
AC
5788When your code does something (e.g., @code{xmalloc} some memory, or
5789@code{open} a file) that needs to be undone later (e.g., @code{xfree}
5790the memory or @code{close} the file), it can make a cleanup. The
5791cleanup will be done at some future point: when the command is finished
5792and control returns to the top level; when an error occurs and the stack
5793is unwound; or when your code decides it's time to explicitly perform
5794cleanups. Alternatively you can elect to discard the cleanups you
5795created.
c906108c
SS
5796
5797Syntax:
5798
5799@table @code
c906108c
SS
5800@item struct cleanup *@var{old_chain};
5801Declare a variable which will hold a cleanup chain handle.
5802
56caf160 5803@findex make_cleanup
c906108c
SS
5804@item @var{old_chain} = make_cleanup (@var{function}, @var{arg});
5805Make a cleanup which will cause @var{function} to be called with
5806@var{arg} (a @code{char *}) later. The result, @var{old_chain}, is a
cc1cb004
AC
5807handle that can later be passed to @code{do_cleanups} or
5808@code{discard_cleanups}. Unless you are going to call
5809@code{do_cleanups} or @code{discard_cleanups}, you can ignore the result
5810from @code{make_cleanup}.
c906108c 5811
56caf160 5812@findex do_cleanups
c906108c 5813@item do_cleanups (@var{old_chain});
cc1cb004
AC
5814Do all cleanups added to the chain since the corresponding
5815@code{make_cleanup} call was made.
5816
5817@findex discard_cleanups
5818@item discard_cleanups (@var{old_chain});
5819Same as @code{do_cleanups} except that it just removes the cleanups from
5820the chain and does not call the specified functions.
5821@end table
5822
5823Cleanups are implemented as a chain. The handle returned by
5824@code{make_cleanups} includes the cleanup passed to the call and any
5825later cleanups appended to the chain (but not yet discarded or
5826performed). E.g.:
56caf160 5827
474c8240 5828@smallexample
c906108c 5829make_cleanup (a, 0);
cc1cb004
AC
5830@{
5831 struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (b, 0);
5832 make_cleanup (c, 0)
5833 ...
5834 do_cleanups (old);
5835@}
474c8240 5836@end smallexample
56caf160 5837
c906108c 5838@noindent
cc1cb004
AC
5839will call @code{c()} and @code{b()} but will not call @code{a()}. The
5840cleanup that calls @code{a()} will remain in the cleanup chain, and will
5841be done later unless otherwise discarded.@refill
5842
5843Your function should explicitly do or discard the cleanups it creates.
5844Failing to do this leads to non-deterministic behavior since the caller
5845will arbitrarily do or discard your functions cleanups. This need leads
5846to two common cleanup styles.
5847
5848The first style is try/finally. Before it exits, your code-block calls
5849@code{do_cleanups} with the old cleanup chain and thus ensures that your
5850code-block's cleanups are always performed. For instance, the following
5851code-segment avoids a memory leak problem (even when @code{error} is
5852called and a forced stack unwind occurs) by ensuring that the
5853@code{xfree} will always be called:
c906108c 5854
474c8240 5855@smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
5856struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
5857data = xmalloc (sizeof blah);
5858make_cleanup (xfree, data);
5859... blah blah ...
5860do_cleanups (old);
474c8240 5861@end smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
5862
5863The second style is try/except. Before it exits, your code-block calls
5864@code{discard_cleanups} with the old cleanup chain and thus ensures that
5865any created cleanups are not performed. For instance, the following
5866code segment, ensures that the file will be closed but only if there is
5867an error:
5868
474c8240 5869@smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
5870FILE *file = fopen ("afile", "r");
5871struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (close_file, file);
5872... blah blah ...
5873discard_cleanups (old);
5874return file;
474c8240 5875@end smallexample
c906108c 5876
c1468174 5877Some functions, e.g., @code{fputs_filtered()} or @code{error()}, specify
c906108c
SS
5878that they ``should not be called when cleanups are not in place''. This
5879means that any actions you need to reverse in the case of an error or
5880interruption must be on the cleanup chain before you call these
5881functions, since they might never return to your code (they
5882@samp{longjmp} instead).
5883
ba8c9337
AC
5884@section Per-architecture module data
5885@cindex per-architecture module data
5886@cindex multi-arch data
5887@cindex data-pointer, per-architecture/per-module
5888
fc989b7a
AC
5889The multi-arch framework includes a mechanism for adding module
5890specific per-architecture data-pointers to the @code{struct gdbarch}
5891architecture object.
5892
5893A module registers one or more per-architecture data-pointers using:
5894
587afa38 5895@deftypefn {Architecture Function} {struct gdbarch_data *} gdbarch_data_register_pre_init (gdbarch_data_pre_init_ftype *@var{pre_init})
fc989b7a
AC
5896@var{pre_init} is used to, on-demand, allocate an initial value for a
5897per-architecture data-pointer using the architecture's obstack (passed
5898in as a parameter). Since @var{pre_init} can be called during
5899architecture creation, it is not parameterized with the architecture.
5900and must not call modules that use per-architecture data.
587afa38 5901@end deftypefn
ba8c9337 5902
587afa38 5903@deftypefn {Architecture Function} {struct gdbarch_data *} gdbarch_data_register_post_init (gdbarch_data_post_init_ftype *@var{post_init})
fc989b7a
AC
5904@var{post_init} is used to obtain an initial value for a
5905per-architecture data-pointer @emph{after}. Since @var{post_init} is
5906always called after architecture creation, it both receives the fully
5907initialized architecture and is free to call modules that use
5908per-architecture data (care needs to be taken to ensure that those
5909other modules do not try to call back to this module as that will
5910create in cycles in the initialization call graph).
587afa38 5911@end deftypefn
ba8c9337 5912
fc989b7a
AC
5913These functions return a @code{struct gdbarch_data} that is used to
5914identify the per-architecture data-pointer added for that module.
ba8c9337 5915
fc989b7a 5916The per-architecture data-pointer is accessed using the function:
ba8c9337 5917
587afa38 5918@deftypefn {Architecture Function} {void *} gdbarch_data (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct gdbarch_data *@var{data_handle})
fc989b7a
AC
5919Given the architecture @var{arch} and module data handle
5920@var{data_handle} (returned by @code{gdbarch_data_register_pre_init}
5921or @code{gdbarch_data_register_post_init}), this function returns the
5922current value of the per-architecture data-pointer. If the data
5923pointer is @code{NULL}, it is first initialized by calling the
5924corresponding @var{pre_init} or @var{post_init} method.
587afa38 5925@end deftypefn
ba8c9337 5926
fc989b7a 5927The examples below assume the following definitions:
ba8c9337
AC
5928
5929@smallexample
e7f16015 5930struct nozel @{ int total; @};
ba8c9337 5931static struct gdbarch_data *nozel_handle;
ba8c9337
AC
5932@end smallexample
5933
fc989b7a
AC
5934A module can extend the architecture vector, adding additional
5935per-architecture data, using the @var{pre_init} method. The module's
5936per-architecture data is then initialized during architecture
5937creation.
ba8c9337 5938
fc989b7a
AC
5939In the below, the module's per-architecture @emph{nozel} is added. An
5940architecture can specify its nozel by calling @code{set_gdbarch_nozel}
5941from @code{gdbarch_init}.
ba8c9337
AC
5942
5943@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5944static void *
5945nozel_pre_init (struct obstack *obstack)
ba8c9337 5946@{
fc989b7a
AC
5947 struct nozel *data = OBSTACK_ZALLOC (obstack, struct nozel);
5948 return data;
5949@}
ba8c9337
AC
5950@end smallexample
5951
ba8c9337 5952@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5953extern void
5954set_gdbarch_nozel (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int total)
ba8c9337 5955@{
ba8c9337 5956 struct nozel *data = gdbarch_data (gdbarch, nozel_handle);
fc989b7a 5957 data->total = nozel;
ba8c9337
AC
5958@}
5959@end smallexample
5960
587afa38 5961A module can on-demand create architecture dependent data structures
fc989b7a 5962using @code{post_init}.
ba8c9337 5963
fc989b7a
AC
5964In the below, the nozel's total is computed on-demand by
5965@code{nozel_post_init} using information obtained from the
5966architecture.
ba8c9337
AC
5967
5968@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5969static void *
5970nozel_post_init (struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
ba8c9337 5971@{
fc989b7a
AC
5972 struct nozel *data = GDBARCH_OBSTACK_ZALLOC (gdbarch, struct nozel);
5973 nozel->total = gdbarch@dots{} (gdbarch);
5974 return data;
ba8c9337
AC
5975@}
5976@end smallexample
5977
5978@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5979extern int
5980nozel_total (struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
ba8c9337 5981@{
fc989b7a
AC
5982 struct nozel *data = gdbarch_data (gdbarch, nozel_handle);
5983 return data->total;
ba8c9337
AC
5984@}
5985@end smallexample
5986
c906108c 5987@section Wrapping Output Lines
56caf160 5988@cindex line wrap in output
c906108c 5989
56caf160 5990@findex wrap_here
c906108c
SS
5991Output that goes through @code{printf_filtered} or @code{fputs_filtered}
5992or @code{fputs_demangled} needs only to have calls to @code{wrap_here}
5993added in places that would be good breaking points. The utility
5994routines will take care of actually wrapping if the line width is
5995exceeded.
5996
5997The argument to @code{wrap_here} is an indentation string which is
5998printed @emph{only} if the line breaks there. This argument is saved
5999away and used later. It must remain valid until the next call to
6000@code{wrap_here} or until a newline has been printed through the
6001@code{*_filtered} functions. Don't pass in a local variable and then
6002return!
6003
56caf160 6004It is usually best to call @code{wrap_here} after printing a comma or
c906108c
SS
6005space. If you call it before printing a space, make sure that your
6006indentation properly accounts for the leading space that will print if
6007the line wraps there.
6008
6009Any function or set of functions that produce filtered output must
6010finish by printing a newline, to flush the wrap buffer, before switching
56caf160 6011to unfiltered (@code{printf}) output. Symbol reading routines that
c906108c
SS
6012print warnings are a good example.
6013
25822942 6014@section @value{GDBN} Coding Standards
56caf160 6015@cindex coding standards
c906108c 6016
25822942 6017@value{GDBN} follows the GNU coding standards, as described in
c906108c 6018@file{etc/standards.texi}. This file is also available for anonymous
af6c57ea
AC
6019FTP from GNU archive sites. @value{GDBN} takes a strict interpretation
6020of the standard; in general, when the GNU standard recommends a practice
6021but does not require it, @value{GDBN} requires it.
c906108c 6022
56caf160
EZ
6023@value{GDBN} follows an additional set of coding standards specific to
6024@value{GDBN}, as described in the following sections.
c906108c 6025
af6c57ea 6026
b9aa90c9 6027@subsection ISO C
af6c57ea 6028
b9aa90c9
AC
6029@value{GDBN} assumes an ISO/IEC 9899:1990 (a.k.a.@: ISO C90) compliant
6030compiler.
af6c57ea 6031
b9aa90c9 6032@value{GDBN} does not assume an ISO C or POSIX compliant C library.
af6c57ea
AC
6033
6034
6035@subsection Memory Management
6036
6037@value{GDBN} does not use the functions @code{malloc}, @code{realloc},
6038@code{calloc}, @code{free} and @code{asprintf}.
6039
6040@value{GDBN} uses the functions @code{xmalloc}, @code{xrealloc} and
6041@code{xcalloc} when allocating memory. Unlike @code{malloc} et.al.@:
6042these functions do not return when the memory pool is empty. Instead,
6043they unwind the stack using cleanups. These functions return
6044@code{NULL} when requested to allocate a chunk of memory of size zero.
6045
6046@emph{Pragmatics: By using these functions, the need to check every
6047memory allocation is removed. These functions provide portable
6048behavior.}
6049
6050@value{GDBN} does not use the function @code{free}.
6051
6052@value{GDBN} uses the function @code{xfree} to return memory to the
6053memory pool. Consistent with ISO-C, this function ignores a request to
6054free a @code{NULL} pointer.
6055
6056@emph{Pragmatics: On some systems @code{free} fails when passed a
6057@code{NULL} pointer.}
6058
6059@value{GDBN} can use the non-portable function @code{alloca} for the
6060allocation of small temporary values (such as strings).
6061
6062@emph{Pragmatics: This function is very non-portable. Some systems
6063restrict the memory being allocated to no more than a few kilobytes.}
6064
6065@value{GDBN} uses the string function @code{xstrdup} and the print
b435e160 6066function @code{xstrprintf}.
af6c57ea
AC
6067
6068@emph{Pragmatics: @code{asprintf} and @code{strdup} can fail. Print
6069functions such as @code{sprintf} are very prone to buffer overflow
6070errors.}
6071
6072
6073@subsection Compiler Warnings
56caf160 6074@cindex compiler warnings
af6c57ea 6075
aa79a185
DJ
6076With few exceptions, developers should avoid the configuration option
6077@samp{--disable-werror} when building @value{GDBN}. The exceptions
6078are listed in the file @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS}. The default, when
6079building with @sc{gcc}, is @samp{--enable-werror}.
af6c57ea
AC
6080
6081This option causes @value{GDBN} (when built using GCC) to be compiled
6082with a carefully selected list of compiler warning flags. Any warnings
aa79a185 6083from those flags are treated as errors.
af6c57ea
AC
6084
6085The current list of warning flags includes:
6086
6087@table @samp
aa79a185
DJ
6088@item -Wall
6089Recommended @sc{gcc} warnings.
af6c57ea 6090
aa79a185 6091@item -Wdeclaration-after-statement
af6c57ea 6092
aa79a185
DJ
6093@sc{gcc} 3.x (and later) and @sc{c99} allow declarations mixed with
6094code, but @sc{gcc} 2.x and @sc{c89} do not.
af6c57ea 6095
aa79a185 6096@item -Wpointer-arith
af6c57ea 6097
aa79a185
DJ
6098@item -Wformat-nonliteral
6099Non-literal format strings, with a few exceptions, are bugs - they
d3e8051b 6100might contain unintended user-supplied format specifiers.
af6c57ea 6101Since @value{GDBN} uses the @code{format printf} attribute on all
aa79a185 6102@code{printf} like functions this checks not just @code{printf} calls
af6c57ea
AC
6103but also calls to functions such as @code{fprintf_unfiltered}.
6104
7be93b9e
JB
6105@item -Wno-pointer-sign
6106In version 4.0, GCC began warning about pointer argument passing or
6107assignment even when the source and destination differed only in
6108signedness. However, most @value{GDBN} code doesn't distinguish
6109carefully between @code{char} and @code{unsigned char}. In early 2006
6110the @value{GDBN} developers decided correcting these warnings wasn't
6111worth the time it would take.
6112
aa79a185
DJ
6113@item -Wno-unused-parameter
6114Due to the way that @value{GDBN} is implemented many functions have
6115unused parameters. Consequently this warning is avoided. The macro
af6c57ea
AC
6116@code{ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED} is not used as it leads to false negatives ---
6117it is not an error to have @code{ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED} on a parameter that
aa79a185
DJ
6118is being used.
6119
6120@item -Wno-unused
6121@itemx -Wno-switch
58b38ee2 6122@itemx -Wno-char-subscripts
aa79a185
DJ
6123These are warnings which might be useful for @value{GDBN}, but are
6124currently too noisy to enable with @samp{-Werror}.
af6c57ea 6125
aa79a185 6126@end table
c906108c
SS
6127
6128@subsection Formatting
6129
56caf160 6130@cindex source code formatting
c906108c
SS
6131The standard GNU recommendations for formatting must be followed
6132strictly.
6133
af6c57ea
AC
6134A function declaration should not have its name in column zero. A
6135function definition should have its name in column zero.
6136
474c8240 6137@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
6138/* Declaration */
6139static void foo (void);
6140/* Definition */
6141void
6142foo (void)
6143@{
6144@}
474c8240 6145@end smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
6146
6147@emph{Pragmatics: This simplifies scripting. Function definitions can
6148be found using @samp{^function-name}.}
c906108c 6149
af6c57ea
AC
6150There must be a space between a function or macro name and the opening
6151parenthesis of its argument list (except for macro definitions, as
6152required by C). There must not be a space after an open paren/bracket
6153or before a close paren/bracket.
c906108c
SS
6154
6155While additional whitespace is generally helpful for reading, do not use
6156more than one blank line to separate blocks, and avoid adding whitespace
af6c57ea
AC
6157after the end of a program line (as of 1/99, some 600 lines had
6158whitespace after the semicolon). Excess whitespace causes difficulties
6159for @code{diff} and @code{patch} utilities.
6160
6161Pointers are declared using the traditional K&R C style:
6162
474c8240 6163@smallexample
af6c57ea 6164void *foo;
474c8240 6165@end smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
6166
6167@noindent
6168and not:
6169
474c8240 6170@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
6171void * foo;
6172void* foo;
474c8240 6173@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
6174
6175@subsection Comments
6176
56caf160 6177@cindex comment formatting
c906108c
SS
6178The standard GNU requirements on comments must be followed strictly.
6179
af6c57ea
AC
6180Block comments must appear in the following form, with no @code{/*}- or
6181@code{*/}-only lines, and no leading @code{*}:
c906108c 6182
474c8240 6183@smallexample
c906108c
SS
6184/* Wait for control to return from inferior to debugger. If inferior
6185 gets a signal, we may decide to start it up again instead of
6186 returning. That is why there is a loop in this function. When
6187 this function actually returns it means the inferior should be left
25822942 6188 stopped and @value{GDBN} should read more commands. */
474c8240 6189@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
6190
6191(Note that this format is encouraged by Emacs; tabbing for a multi-line
56caf160 6192comment works correctly, and @kbd{M-q} fills the block consistently.)
c906108c
SS
6193
6194Put a blank line between the block comments preceding function or
6195variable definitions, and the definition itself.
6196
6197In general, put function-body comments on lines by themselves, rather
6198than trying to fit them into the 20 characters left at the end of a
6199line, since either the comment or the code will inevitably get longer
6200than will fit, and then somebody will have to move it anyhow.
6201
6202@subsection C Usage
6203
56caf160 6204@cindex C data types
c906108c
SS
6205Code must not depend on the sizes of C data types, the format of the
6206host's floating point numbers, the alignment of anything, or the order
6207of evaluation of expressions.
6208
56caf160 6209@cindex function usage
c906108c 6210Use functions freely. There are only a handful of compute-bound areas
56caf160
EZ
6211in @value{GDBN} that might be affected by the overhead of a function
6212call, mainly in symbol reading. Most of @value{GDBN}'s performance is
6213limited by the target interface (whether serial line or system call).
c906108c
SS
6214
6215However, use functions with moderation. A thousand one-line functions
6216are just as hard to understand as a single thousand-line function.
6217
af6c57ea 6218@emph{Macros are bad, M'kay.}
9e678452
CF
6219(But if you have to use a macro, make sure that the macro arguments are
6220protected with parentheses.)
af6c57ea
AC
6221
6222@cindex types
c906108c 6223
af6c57ea
AC
6224Declarations like @samp{struct foo *} should be used in preference to
6225declarations like @samp{typedef struct foo @{ @dots{} @} *foo_ptr}.
6226
6227
6228@subsection Function Prototypes
56caf160 6229@cindex function prototypes
af6c57ea
AC
6230
6231Prototypes must be used when both @emph{declaring} and @emph{defining}
6232a function. Prototypes for @value{GDBN} functions must include both the
6233argument type and name, with the name matching that used in the actual
6234function definition.
c906108c 6235
53a5351d
JM
6236All external functions should have a declaration in a header file that
6237callers include, except for @code{_initialize_*} functions, which must
6238be external so that @file{init.c} construction works, but shouldn't be
6239visible to random source files.
c906108c 6240
af6c57ea
AC
6241Where a source file needs a forward declaration of a static function,
6242that declaration must appear in a block near the top of the source file.
6243
6244
6245@subsection Internal Error Recovery
6246
6247During its execution, @value{GDBN} can encounter two types of errors.
6248User errors and internal errors. User errors include not only a user
6249entering an incorrect command but also problems arising from corrupt
6250object files and system errors when interacting with the target.
937f164b
FF
6251Internal errors include situations where @value{GDBN} has detected, at
6252run time, a corrupt or erroneous situation.
af6c57ea
AC
6253
6254When reporting an internal error, @value{GDBN} uses
6255@code{internal_error} and @code{gdb_assert}.
6256
6257@value{GDBN} must not call @code{abort} or @code{assert}.
6258
6259@emph{Pragmatics: There is no @code{internal_warning} function. Either
6260the code detected a user error, recovered from it and issued a
6261@code{warning} or the code failed to correctly recover from the user
6262error and issued an @code{internal_error}.}
6263
6264@subsection File Names
6265
6266Any file used when building the core of @value{GDBN} must be in lower
587afa38 6267case. Any file used when building the core of @value{GDBN} must be 8.3
af6c57ea
AC
6268unique. These requirements apply to both source and generated files.
6269
6270@emph{Pragmatics: The core of @value{GDBN} must be buildable on many
6271platforms including DJGPP and MacOS/HFS. Every time an unfriendly file
6272is introduced to the build process both @file{Makefile.in} and
6273@file{configure.in} need to be modified accordingly. Compare the
6274convoluted conversion process needed to transform @file{COPYING} into
6275@file{copying.c} with the conversion needed to transform
6276@file{version.in} into @file{version.c}.}
6277
6278Any file non 8.3 compliant file (that is not used when building the core
6279of @value{GDBN}) must be added to @file{gdb/config/djgpp/fnchange.lst}.
6280
6281@emph{Pragmatics: This is clearly a compromise.}
6282
6283When @value{GDBN} has a local version of a system header file (ex
6284@file{string.h}) the file name based on the POSIX header prefixed with
b4177fca
DJ
6285@file{gdb_} (@file{gdb_string.h}). These headers should be relatively
6286independent: they should use only macros defined by @file{configure},
6287the compiler, or the host; they should include only system headers; they
6288should refer only to system types. They may be shared between multiple
6289programs, e.g.@: @value{GDBN} and @sc{gdbserver}.
af6c57ea
AC
6290
6291For other files @samp{-} is used as the separator.
6292
6293
6294@subsection Include Files
6295
e2b28d04 6296A @file{.c} file should include @file{defs.h} first.
af6c57ea 6297
e2b28d04
AC
6298A @file{.c} file should directly include the @code{.h} file of every
6299declaration and/or definition it directly refers to. It cannot rely on
6300indirect inclusion.
af6c57ea 6301
e2b28d04
AC
6302A @file{.h} file should directly include the @code{.h} file of every
6303declaration and/or definition it directly refers to. It cannot rely on
6304indirect inclusion. Exception: The file @file{defs.h} does not need to
6305be directly included.
af6c57ea 6306
e2b28d04 6307An external declaration should only appear in one include file.
af6c57ea 6308
e2b28d04
AC
6309An external declaration should never appear in a @code{.c} file.
6310Exception: a declaration for the @code{_initialize} function that
6311pacifies @option{-Wmissing-declaration}.
6312
6313A @code{typedef} definition should only appear in one include file.
6314
6315An opaque @code{struct} declaration can appear in multiple @file{.h}
6316files. Where possible, a @file{.h} file should use an opaque
6317@code{struct} declaration instead of an include.
6318
6319All @file{.h} files should be wrapped in:
af6c57ea 6320
474c8240 6321@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
6322#ifndef INCLUDE_FILE_NAME_H
6323#define INCLUDE_FILE_NAME_H
6324header body
6325#endif
474c8240 6326@end smallexample
af6c57ea 6327
c906108c 6328
dab11f21 6329@subsection Clean Design and Portable Implementation
c906108c 6330
56caf160 6331@cindex design
c906108c 6332In addition to getting the syntax right, there's the little question of
25822942 6333semantics. Some things are done in certain ways in @value{GDBN} because long
c906108c
SS
6334experience has shown that the more obvious ways caused various kinds of
6335trouble.
6336
56caf160 6337@cindex assumptions about targets
c906108c
SS
6338You can't assume the byte order of anything that comes from a target
6339(including @var{value}s, object files, and instructions). Such things
56caf160
EZ
6340must be byte-swapped using @code{SWAP_TARGET_AND_HOST} in
6341@value{GDBN}, or one of the swap routines defined in @file{bfd.h},
6342such as @code{bfd_get_32}.
c906108c
SS
6343
6344You can't assume that you know what interface is being used to talk to
6345the target system. All references to the target must go through the
6346current @code{target_ops} vector.
6347
6348You can't assume that the host and target machines are the same machine
6349(except in the ``native'' support modules). In particular, you can't
6350assume that the target machine's header files will be available on the
6351host machine. Target code must bring along its own header files --
6352written from scratch or explicitly donated by their owner, to avoid
6353copyright problems.
6354
56caf160 6355@cindex portability
c906108c
SS
6356Insertion of new @code{#ifdef}'s will be frowned upon. It's much better
6357to write the code portably than to conditionalize it for various
6358systems.
6359
56caf160 6360@cindex system dependencies
c906108c
SS
6361New @code{#ifdef}'s which test for specific compilers or manufacturers
6362or operating systems are unacceptable. All @code{#ifdef}'s should test
6363for features. The information about which configurations contain which
6364features should be segregated into the configuration files. Experience
6365has proven far too often that a feature unique to one particular system
6366often creeps into other systems; and that a conditional based on some
6367predefined macro for your current system will become worthless over
6368time, as new versions of your system come out that behave differently
6369with regard to this feature.
6370
6371Adding code that handles specific architectures, operating systems,
af6c57ea 6372target interfaces, or hosts, is not acceptable in generic code.
c906108c 6373
dab11f21
EZ
6374@cindex portable file name handling
6375@cindex file names, portability
6376One particularly notorious area where system dependencies tend to
6377creep in is handling of file names. The mainline @value{GDBN} code
6378assumes Posix semantics of file names: absolute file names begin with
6379a forward slash @file{/}, slashes are used to separate leading
6380directories, case-sensitive file names. These assumptions are not
6381necessarily true on non-Posix systems such as MS-Windows. To avoid
6382system-dependent code where you need to take apart or construct a file
6383name, use the following portable macros:
6384
6385@table @code
6386@findex HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
6387@item HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
6388This preprocessing symbol is defined to a non-zero value on hosts
6389whose filesystems belong to the MS-DOS/MS-Windows family. Use this
6390symbol to write conditional code which should only be compiled for
6391such hosts.
6392
6393@findex IS_DIR_SEPARATOR
4be31470 6394@item IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (@var{c})
dab11f21
EZ
6395Evaluates to a non-zero value if @var{c} is a directory separator
6396character. On Unix and GNU/Linux systems, only a slash @file{/} is
6397such a character, but on Windows, both @file{/} and @file{\} will
6398pass.
6399
6400@findex IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH
6401@item IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (@var{file})
6402Evaluates to a non-zero value if @var{file} is an absolute file name.
6403For Unix and GNU/Linux hosts, a name which begins with a slash
6404@file{/} is absolute. On DOS and Windows, @file{d:/foo} and
6405@file{x:\bar} are also absolute file names.
6406
6407@findex FILENAME_CMP
6408@item FILENAME_CMP (@var{f1}, @var{f2})
6409Calls a function which compares file names @var{f1} and @var{f2} as
6410appropriate for the underlying host filesystem. For Posix systems,
6411this simply calls @code{strcmp}; on case-insensitive filesystems it
6412will call @code{strcasecmp} instead.
6413
6414@findex DIRNAME_SEPARATOR
6415@item DIRNAME_SEPARATOR
6416Evaluates to a character which separates directories in
6417@code{PATH}-style lists, typically held in environment variables.
6418This character is @samp{:} on Unix, @samp{;} on DOS and Windows.
6419
6420@findex SLASH_STRING
6421@item SLASH_STRING
6422This evaluates to a constant string you should use to produce an
6423absolute filename from leading directories and the file's basename.
6424@code{SLASH_STRING} is @code{"/"} on most systems, but might be
6425@code{"\\"} for some Windows-based ports.
6426@end table
6427
6428In addition to using these macros, be sure to use portable library
6429functions whenever possible. For example, to extract a directory or a
6430basename part from a file name, use the @code{dirname} and
6431@code{basename} library functions (available in @code{libiberty} for
6432platforms which don't provide them), instead of searching for a slash
6433with @code{strrchr}.
6434
25822942
DB
6435Another way to generalize @value{GDBN} along a particular interface is with an
6436attribute struct. For example, @value{GDBN} has been generalized to handle
56caf160
EZ
6437multiple kinds of remote interfaces---not by @code{#ifdef}s everywhere, but
6438by defining the @code{target_ops} structure and having a current target (as
c906108c
SS
6439well as a stack of targets below it, for memory references). Whenever
6440something needs to be done that depends on which remote interface we are
56caf160
EZ
6441using, a flag in the current target_ops structure is tested (e.g.,
6442@code{target_has_stack}), or a function is called through a pointer in the
c906108c 6443current target_ops structure. In this way, when a new remote interface
56caf160 6444is added, only one module needs to be touched---the one that actually
c906108c
SS
6445implements the new remote interface. Other examples of
6446attribute-structs are BFD access to multiple kinds of object file
25822942 6447formats, or @value{GDBN}'s access to multiple source languages.
c906108c 6448
56caf160
EZ
6449Please avoid duplicating code. For example, in @value{GDBN} 3.x all
6450the code interfacing between @code{ptrace} and the rest of
6451@value{GDBN} was duplicated in @file{*-dep.c}, and so changing
6452something was very painful. In @value{GDBN} 4.x, these have all been
6453consolidated into @file{infptrace.c}. @file{infptrace.c} can deal
6454with variations between systems the same way any system-independent
6455file would (hooks, @code{#if defined}, etc.), and machines which are
6456radically different don't need to use @file{infptrace.c} at all.
c906108c 6457
af6c57ea
AC
6458All debugging code must be controllable using the @samp{set debug
6459@var{module}} command. Do not use @code{printf} to print trace
6460messages. Use @code{fprintf_unfiltered(gdb_stdlog, ...}. Do not use
6461@code{#ifdef DEBUG}.
6462
c906108c 6463
8487521e 6464@node Porting GDB
c906108c 6465
25822942 6466@chapter Porting @value{GDBN}
56caf160 6467@cindex porting to new machines
c906108c 6468
56caf160 6469Most of the work in making @value{GDBN} compile on a new machine is in
587afa38
EZ
6470specifying the configuration of the machine. Porting a new
6471architecture to @value{GDBN} can be broken into a number of steps.
c906108c 6472
56caf160 6473@itemize @bullet
c906108c 6474
587afa38
EZ
6475@item
6476Ensure a @sc{bfd} exists for executables of the target architecture in
6477the @file{bfd} directory. If one does not exist, create one by
6478modifying an existing similar one.
56caf160 6479
587afa38
EZ
6480@item
6481Implement a disassembler for the target architecture in the @file{opcodes}
6482directory.
56caf160 6483
587afa38
EZ
6484@item
6485Define the target architecture in the @file{gdb} directory
6486(@pxref{Adding a New Target, , Adding a New Target}). Add the pattern
6487for the new target to @file{configure.tgt} with the names of the files
6488that contain the code. By convention the target architecture
6489definition for an architecture @var{arch} is placed in
6490@file{@var{arch}-tdep.c}.
6491
6492Within @file{@var{arch}-tdep.c} define the function
6493@code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep} which calls
6494@code{gdbarch_register} to create the new @code{@w{struct
6495gdbarch}} for the architecture.
56caf160 6496
587afa38
EZ
6497@item
6498If a new remote target is needed, consider adding a new remote target
6499by defining a function
6500@code{_initialize_remote_@var{arch}}. However if at all possible
6501use the @value{GDBN} @emph{Remote Serial Protocol} for this and implement
6502the server side protocol independently with the target.
c906108c 6503
587afa38
EZ
6504@item
6505If desired implement a simulator in the @file{sim} directory. This
6506should create the library @file{libsim.a} implementing the interface
6507in @file{remote-sim.h} (found in the @file{include} directory).
c906108c 6508
56caf160 6509@item
587afa38
EZ
6510Build and test. If desired, lobby the @sc{gdb} steering group to
6511have the new port included in the main distribution!
7fd60527 6512
56caf160 6513@item
587afa38
EZ
6514Add a description of the new architecture to the main @value{GDBN} user
6515guide (@pxref{Configuration Specific Information, , Configuration
6516Specific Information, gdb, Debugging with @value{GDBN}}).
6517
56caf160 6518@end itemize
c906108c 6519
d52fe014
AC
6520@node Versions and Branches
6521@chapter Versions and Branches
8973da3a 6522
d52fe014 6523@section Versions
8973da3a 6524
d52fe014
AC
6525@value{GDBN}'s version is determined by the file
6526@file{gdb/version.in} and takes one of the following forms:
fb0ff88f 6527
d52fe014
AC
6528@table @asis
6529@item @var{major}.@var{minor}
6530@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}
53531fc1
AC
6531an official release (e.g., 6.2 or 6.2.1)
6532@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
6533a snapshot taken at @var{YYYY}-@var{MM}-@var{DD}-gmt (e.g.,
65346.1.50.20020302, 6.1.90.20020304, or 6.1.0.20020308)
6535@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-cvs
6536a @sc{cvs} check out drawn on @var{YYYY}-@var{MM}-@var{DD} (e.g.,
65376.1.50.20020302-cvs, 6.1.90.20020304-cvs, or 6.1.0.20020308-cvs)
6538@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} (@var{vendor})
d52fe014 6539a vendor specific release of @value{GDBN}, that while based on@*
53531fc1
AC
6540@var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD},
6541may include additional changes
d52fe014 6542@end table
fb0ff88f 6543
d52fe014
AC
6544@value{GDBN}'s mainline uses the @var{major} and @var{minor} version
6545numbers from the most recent release branch, with a @var{patchlevel}
53531fc1
AC
6546of 50. At the time each new release branch is created, the mainline's
6547@var{major} and @var{minor} version numbers are updated.
fb0ff88f 6548
53531fc1
AC
6549@value{GDBN}'s release branch is similar. When the branch is cut, the
6550@var{patchlevel} is changed from 50 to 90. As draft releases are
6551drawn from the branch, the @var{patchlevel} is incremented. Once the
6552first release (@var{major}.@var{minor}) has been made, the
6553@var{patchlevel} is set to 0 and updates have an incremented
6554@var{patchlevel}.
6555
6556For snapshots, and @sc{cvs} check outs, it is also possible to
6557identify the @sc{cvs} origin:
6558
6559@table @asis
6560@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.50.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
6561drawn from the @sc{head} of mainline @sc{cvs} (e.g., 6.1.50.20020302)
6562@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.90.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
6563@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.91.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} @dots{}
6564drawn from a release branch prior to the release (e.g.,
65656.1.90.20020304)
6566@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.0.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
6567@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.1.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} @dots{}
6568drawn from a release branch after the release (e.g., 6.2.0.20020308)
6569@end table
fb0ff88f 6570
d52fe014
AC
6571If the previous @value{GDBN} version is 6.1 and the current version is
65726.2, then, substituting 6 for @var{major} and 1 or 2 for @var{minor},
6573here's an illustration of a typical sequence:
fb0ff88f 6574
d52fe014
AC
6575@smallexample
6576 <HEAD>
6577 |
53531fc1 65786.1.50.20020302-cvs
d52fe014 6579 |
53531fc1 6580 +--------------------------.
d52fe014 6581 | <gdb_6_2-branch>
d52fe014 6582 | |
53531fc1
AC
65836.2.50.20020303-cvs 6.1.90 (draft #1)
6584 | |
65856.2.50.20020304-cvs 6.1.90.20020304-cvs
6586 | |
65876.2.50.20020305-cvs 6.1.91 (draft #2)
d52fe014 6588 | |
53531fc1
AC
65896.2.50.20020306-cvs 6.1.91.20020306-cvs
6590 | |
65916.2.50.20020307-cvs 6.2 (release)
6592 | |
65936.2.50.20020308-cvs 6.2.0.20020308-cvs
6594 | |
65956.2.50.20020309-cvs 6.2.1 (update)
6596 | |
65976.2.50.20020310-cvs <branch closed>
d52fe014 6598 |
53531fc1 65996.2.50.20020311-cvs
d52fe014 6600 |
53531fc1 6601 +--------------------------.
d52fe014 6602 | <gdb_6_3-branch>
53531fc1
AC
6603 | |
66046.3.50.20020312-cvs 6.2.90 (draft #1)
6605 | |
d52fe014 6606@end smallexample
fb0ff88f 6607
d52fe014
AC
6608@section Release Branches
6609@cindex Release Branches
fb0ff88f 6610
d52fe014
AC
6611@value{GDBN} draws a release series (6.2, 6.2.1, @dots{}) from a
6612single release branch, and identifies that branch using the @sc{cvs}
6613branch tags:
fb0ff88f 6614
d52fe014
AC
6615@smallexample
6616gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-branchpoint
6617gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-branch
6618gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-release
6619@end smallexample
6620
6621@emph{Pragmatics: To help identify the date at which a branch or
6622release is made, both the branchpoint and release tags include the
6623date that they are cut (@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}) in the tag. The
6624branch tag, denoting the head of the branch, does not need this.}
6625
6626@section Vendor Branches
6627@cindex vendor branches
fb0ff88f
AC
6628
6629To avoid version conflicts, vendors are expected to modify the file
6630@file{gdb/version.in} to include a vendor unique alphabetic identifier
6631(an official @value{GDBN} release never uses alphabetic characters in
d3e8051b 6632its version identifier). E.g., @samp{6.2widgit2}, or @samp{6.2 (Widgit
d52fe014
AC
6633Inc Patch 2)}.
6634
6635@section Experimental Branches
6636@cindex experimental branches
6637
6638@subsection Guidelines
6639
6640@value{GDBN} permits the creation of branches, cut from the @sc{cvs}
6641repository, for experimental development. Branches make it possible
6642for developers to share preliminary work, and maintainers to examine
6643significant new developments.
fb0ff88f 6644
d52fe014 6645The following are a set of guidelines for creating such branches:
fb0ff88f 6646
d52fe014
AC
6647@table @emph
6648
6649@item a branch has an owner
6650The owner can set further policy for a branch, but may not change the
6651ground rules. In particular, they can set a policy for commits (be it
6652adding more reviewers or deciding who can commit).
6653
6654@item all commits are posted
6655All changes committed to a branch shall also be posted to
87f9adc1 6656@email{gdb-patches@@sourceware.org, the @value{GDBN} patches
d52fe014
AC
6657mailing list}. While commentary on such changes are encouraged, people
6658should remember that the changes only apply to a branch.
6659
6660@item all commits are covered by an assignment
6661This ensures that all changes belong to the Free Software Foundation,
6662and avoids the possibility that the branch may become contaminated.
6663
6664@item a branch is focused
6665A focused branch has a single objective or goal, and does not contain
6666unnecessary or irrelevant changes. Cleanups, where identified, being
6667be pushed into the mainline as soon as possible.
6668
6669@item a branch tracks mainline
6670This keeps the level of divergence under control. It also keeps the
6671pressure on developers to push cleanups and other stuff into the
6672mainline.
6673
6674@item a branch shall contain the entire @value{GDBN} module
6675The @value{GDBN} module @code{gdb} should be specified when creating a
6676branch (branches of individual files should be avoided). @xref{Tags}.
6677
6678@item a branch shall be branded using @file{version.in}
6679The file @file{gdb/version.in} shall be modified so that it identifies
6680the branch @var{owner} and branch @var{name}, e.g.,
53531fc1 6681@samp{6.2.50.20030303_owner_name} or @samp{6.2 (Owner Name)}.
d52fe014
AC
6682
6683@end table
fb0ff88f 6684
d52fe014
AC
6685@subsection Tags
6686@anchor{Tags}
fb0ff88f 6687
d52fe014
AC
6688To simplify the identification of @value{GDBN} branches, the following
6689branch tagging convention is strongly recommended:
fb0ff88f 6690
d52fe014 6691@table @code
fb0ff88f 6692
d52fe014
AC
6693@item @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint
6694@itemx @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branch
6695The branch point and corresponding branch tag. @var{YYYYMMDD} is the
6696date that the branch was created. A branch is created using the
6697sequence: @anchor{experimental branch tags}
474c8240 6698@smallexample
d52fe014
AC
6699cvs rtag @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint gdb
6700cvs rtag -b -r @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint \
6701 @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branch gdb
474c8240 6702@end smallexample
fb0ff88f 6703
d52fe014
AC
6704@item @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint
6705The tagged point, on the mainline, that was used when merging the branch
6706on @var{yyyymmdd}. To merge in all changes since the branch was cut,
6707use a command sequence like:
474c8240 6708@smallexample
d52fe014
AC
6709cvs rtag @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint gdb
6710cvs update \
6711 -j@var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint
6712 -j@var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint
474c8240 6713@end smallexample
d52fe014
AC
6714@noindent
6715Similar sequences can be used to just merge in changes since the last
6716merge.
6717
6718@end table
fb0ff88f 6719
d52fe014
AC
6720@noindent
6721For further information on @sc{cvs}, see
6722@uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/cvs/, Concurrent Versions System}.
6723
55f6ca0f
JB
6724@node Start of New Year Procedure
6725@chapter Start of New Year Procedure
6726@cindex new year procedure
6727
6728At the start of each new year, the following actions should be performed:
6729
6730@itemize @bullet
6731@item
6732Rotate the ChangeLog file
6733
6734The current @file{ChangeLog} file should be renamed into
6735@file{ChangeLog-YYYY} where YYYY is the year that has just passed.
6736A new @file{ChangeLog} file should be created, and its contents should
6737contain a reference to the previous ChangeLog. The following should
6738also be preserved at the end of the new ChangeLog, in order to provide
6739the appropriate settings when editing this file with Emacs:
6740@smallexample
6741Local Variables:
6742mode: change-log
6743left-margin: 8
6744fill-column: 74
6745version-control: never
9cb011d3 6746coding: utf-8
55f6ca0f
JB
6747End:
6748@end smallexample
6749
7f893741
JB
6750@item
6751Add an entry for the newly created ChangeLog file (@file{ChangeLog-YYYY})
6752in @file{gdb/config/djgpp/fnchange.lst}.
6753
55f6ca0f
JB
6754@item
6755Update the copyright year in the startup message
6756
9cb011d3
JB
6757Update the copyright year in:
6758@itemize @bullet
6759@item file @file{top.c}, function @code{print_gdb_version}
6760@item file @file{gdbserver/server.c}, function @code{gdbserver_version}
6761@item file @file{gdbserver/gdbreplay.c}, function @code{gdbreplay_version}
6762@end itemize
6ec2edbe
JB
6763
6764@item
6765Add the new year in the copyright notices of all source and documentation
6766files. This can be done semi-automatically by running the @code{copyright.sh}
6767script. This script requires Emacs 22 or later to be installed.
6768
55f6ca0f
JB
6769@end itemize
6770
d52fe014 6771@node Releasing GDB
fb0ff88f 6772
d52fe014
AC
6773@chapter Releasing @value{GDBN}
6774@cindex making a new release of gdb
fb0ff88f 6775
9bb0a4d8
AC
6776@section Branch Commit Policy
6777
6778The branch commit policy is pretty slack. @value{GDBN} releases 5.0,
67795.1 and 5.2 all used the below:
6780
6781@itemize @bullet
6782@item
6783The @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS} file still holds.
6784@item
6785Don't fix something on the branch unless/until it is also fixed in the
6786trunk. If this isn't possible, mentioning it in the @file{gdb/PROBLEMS}
4be31470 6787file is better than committing a hack.
9bb0a4d8
AC
6788@item
6789When considering a patch for the branch, suggested criteria include:
6790Does it fix a build? Does it fix the sequence @kbd{break main; run}
6791when debugging a static binary?
6792@item
6793The further a change is from the core of @value{GDBN}, the less likely
6794the change will worry anyone (e.g., target specific code).
6795@item
6796Only post a proposal to change the core of @value{GDBN} after you've
6797sent individual bribes to all the people listed in the
6798@file{MAINTAINERS} file @t{;-)}
6799@end itemize
6800
6801@emph{Pragmatics: Provided updates are restricted to non-core
6802functionality there is little chance that a broken change will be fatal.
6803This means that changes such as adding a new architectures or (within
6804reason) support for a new host are considered acceptable.}
6805
6806
cbb09e6a 6807@section Obsoleting code
8973da3a 6808
8642bc8f 6809Before anything else, poke the other developers (and around the source
4be31470
EZ
6810code) to see if there is anything that can be removed from @value{GDBN}
6811(an old target, an unused file).
8973da3a 6812
8642bc8f 6813Obsolete code is identified by adding an @code{OBSOLETE} prefix to every
cbb09e6a
AC
6814line. Doing this means that it is easy to identify something that has
6815been obsoleted when greping through the sources.
8973da3a 6816
cbb09e6a
AC
6817The process is done in stages --- this is mainly to ensure that the
6818wider @value{GDBN} community has a reasonable opportunity to respond.
6819Remember, everything on the Internet takes a week.
8973da3a 6820
cbb09e6a 6821@enumerate
8973da3a 6822@item
87f9adc1 6823Post the proposal on @email{gdb@@sourceware.org, the GDB mailing
cbb09e6a
AC
6824list} Creating a bug report to track the task's state, is also highly
6825recommended.
8973da3a 6826@item
cbb09e6a 6827Wait a week or so.
8973da3a 6828@item
87f9adc1 6829Post the proposal on @email{gdb-announce@@sourceware.org, the GDB
cbb09e6a 6830Announcement mailing list}.
8973da3a 6831@item
cbb09e6a 6832Wait a week or so.
8973da3a 6833@item
cbb09e6a
AC
6834Go through and edit all relevant files and lines so that they are
6835prefixed with the word @code{OBSOLETE}.
6836@item
6837Wait until the next GDB version, containing this obsolete code, has been
6838released.
6839@item
6840Remove the obsolete code.
6841@end enumerate
6842
6843@noindent
6844@emph{Maintainer note: While removing old code is regrettable it is
6845hopefully better for @value{GDBN}'s long term development. Firstly it
6846helps the developers by removing code that is either no longer relevant
6847or simply wrong. Secondly since it removes any history associated with
6848the file (effectively clearing the slate) the developer has a much freer
6849hand when it comes to fixing broken files.}
8973da3a 6850
8973da3a 6851
9ae8b82c
AC
6852
6853@section Before the Branch
8973da3a 6854
8642bc8f
AC
6855The most important objective at this stage is to find and fix simple
6856changes that become a pain to track once the branch is created. For
6857instance, configuration problems that stop @value{GDBN} from even
6858building. If you can't get the problem fixed, document it in the
6859@file{gdb/PROBLEMS} file.
8973da3a 6860
9ae8b82c 6861@subheading Prompt for @file{gdb/NEWS}
8973da3a 6862
9ae8b82c
AC
6863People always forget. Send a post reminding them but also if you know
6864something interesting happened add it yourself. The @code{schedule}
6865script will mention this in its e-mail.
8973da3a 6866
9ae8b82c 6867@subheading Review @file{gdb/README}
8973da3a 6868
9ae8b82c
AC
6869Grab one of the nightly snapshots and then walk through the
6870@file{gdb/README} looking for anything that can be improved. The
6871@code{schedule} script will mention this in its e-mail.
8642bc8f
AC
6872
6873@subheading Refresh any imported files.
8973da3a 6874
8642bc8f 6875A number of files are taken from external repositories. They include:
8973da3a 6876
8642bc8f
AC
6877@itemize @bullet
6878@item
6879@file{texinfo/texinfo.tex}
6880@item
9ae8b82c
AC
6881@file{config.guess} et.@: al.@: (see the top-level @file{MAINTAINERS}
6882file)
6883@item
6884@file{etc/standards.texi}, @file{etc/make-stds.texi}
8642bc8f
AC
6885@end itemize
6886
9ae8b82c 6887@subheading Check the ARI
8642bc8f 6888
87f9adc1 6889@uref{http://sourceware.org/gdb/ari,,A.R.I.} is an @code{awk} script
9ae8b82c
AC
6890(Awk Regression Index ;-) that checks for a number of errors and coding
6891conventions. The checks include things like using @code{malloc} instead
6892of @code{xmalloc} and file naming problems. There shouldn't be any
6893regressions.
8642bc8f 6894
9ae8b82c 6895@subsection Review the bug data base
8642bc8f 6896
9ae8b82c 6897Close anything obviously fixed.
8642bc8f 6898
9ae8b82c 6899@subsection Check all cross targets build
8642bc8f 6900
9ae8b82c 6901The targets are listed in @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS}.
8642bc8f 6902
8642bc8f 6903
30107679 6904@section Cut the Branch
8642bc8f 6905
30107679 6906@subheading Create the branch
8642bc8f 6907
474c8240 6908@smallexample
30107679
AC
6909$ u=5.1
6910$ v=5.2
6911$ V=`echo $v | sed 's/\./_/g'`
6912$ D=`date -u +%Y-%m-%d`
6913$ echo $u $V $D
69145.1 5_2 2002-03-03
87f9adc1 6915$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sourceware.org:/cvs/src rtag \
b247355e 6916-D $D-gmt gdb_$V-$D-branchpoint insight
87f9adc1 6917cvs -f -d :ext:sourceware.org:/cvs/src rtag
b247355e 6918-D 2002-03-03-gmt gdb_5_2-2002-03-03-branchpoint insight
30107679
AC
6919$ ^echo ^^
6920...
87f9adc1 6921$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sourceware.org:/cvs/src rtag \
b247355e 6922-b -r gdb_$V-$D-branchpoint gdb_$V-branch insight
87f9adc1 6923cvs -f -d :ext:sourceware.org:/cvs/src rtag \
b247355e 6924-b -r gdb_5_2-2002-03-03-branchpoint gdb_5_2-branch insight
30107679
AC
6925$ ^echo ^^
6926...
8642bc8f 6927$
474c8240 6928@end smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6929
6930@itemize @bullet
6931@item
b247355e 6932By using @kbd{-D YYYY-MM-DD-gmt}, the branch is forced to an exact
30107679
AC
6933date/time.
6934@item
b247355e 6935The trunk is first tagged so that the branch point can easily be found.
30107679 6936@item
b247355e 6937Insight, which includes @value{GDBN}, is tagged at the same time.
8642bc8f 6938@item
b247355e 6939@file{version.in} gets bumped to avoid version number conflicts.
8642bc8f 6940@item
b247355e 6941The reading of @file{.cvsrc} is disabled using @file{-f}.
30107679
AC
6942@end itemize
6943
6944@subheading Update @file{version.in}
6945
6946@smallexample
6947$ u=5.1
6948$ v=5.2
6949$ V=`echo $v | sed 's/\./_/g'`
6950$ echo $u $v$V
69515.1 5_2
6952$ cd /tmp
87f9adc1 6953$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sourceware.org:/cvs/src co \
30107679 6954-r gdb_$V-branch src/gdb/version.in
87f9adc1 6955cvs -f -d :ext:sourceware.org:/cvs/src co
30107679
AC
6956 -r gdb_5_2-branch src/gdb/version.in
6957$ ^echo ^^
6958U src/gdb/version.in
6959$ cd src/gdb
6960$ echo $u.90-0000-00-00-cvs > version.in
6961$ cat version.in
69625.1.90-0000-00-00-cvs
6963$ cvs -f commit version.in
6964@end smallexample
6965
6966@itemize @bullet
6967@item
6968@file{0000-00-00} is used as a date to pump prime the version.in update
b247355e 6969mechanism.
30107679
AC
6970@item
6971@file{.90} and the previous branch version are used as fairly arbitrary
b247355e 6972initial branch version number.
8642bc8f
AC
6973@end itemize
6974
8642bc8f
AC
6975
6976@subheading Update the web and news pages
6977
30107679
AC
6978Something?
6979
8642bc8f
AC
6980@subheading Tweak cron to track the new branch
6981
30107679
AC
6982The file @file{gdbadmin/cron/crontab} contains gdbadmin's cron table.
6983This file needs to be updated so that:
6984
6985@itemize @bullet
6986@item
b247355e 6987A daily timestamp is added to the file @file{version.in}.
30107679 6988@item
b247355e 6989The new branch is included in the snapshot process.
30107679
AC
6990@end itemize
6991
6992@noindent
6993See the file @file{gdbadmin/cron/README} for how to install the updated
6994cron table.
6995
6996The file @file{gdbadmin/ss/README} should also be reviewed to reflect
6997any changes. That file is copied to both the branch/ and current/
6998snapshot directories.
6999
7000
7001@subheading Update the NEWS and README files
7002
7003The @file{NEWS} file needs to be updated so that on the branch it refers
7004to @emph{changes in the current release} while on the trunk it also
7005refers to @emph{changes since the current release}.
7006
7007The @file{README} file needs to be updated so that it refers to the
7008current release.
7009
7010@subheading Post the branch info
7011
7012Send an announcement to the mailing lists:
7013
7014@itemize @bullet
7015@item
87f9adc1 7016@email{gdb-announce@@sourceware.org, GDB Announcement mailing list}
30107679 7017@item
87f9adc1
PM
7018@email{gdb@@sourceware.org, GDB Discussion mailing list} and
7019@email{gdb-testers@@sourceware.org, GDB Testers mailing list}
16737d73 7020@end itemize
30107679
AC
7021
7022@emph{Pragmatics: The branch creation is sent to the announce list to
7023ensure that people people not subscribed to the higher volume discussion
7024list are alerted.}
7025
7026The announcement should include:
7027
7028@itemize @bullet
7029@item
b247355e 7030The branch tag.
30107679 7031@item
b247355e 7032How to check out the branch using CVS.
30107679 7033@item
b247355e 7034The date/number of weeks until the release.
30107679 7035@item
b247355e 7036The branch commit policy still holds.
16737d73 7037@end itemize
30107679 7038
8642bc8f
AC
7039@section Stabilize the branch
7040
7041Something goes here.
7042
7043@section Create a Release
7044
0816590b
AC
7045The process of creating and then making available a release is broken
7046down into a number of stages. The first part addresses the technical
7047process of creating a releasable tar ball. The later stages address the
7048process of releasing that tar ball.
8973da3a 7049
0816590b
AC
7050When making a release candidate just the first section is needed.
7051
7052@subsection Create a release candidate
7053
7054The objective at this stage is to create a set of tar balls that can be
7055made available as a formal release (or as a less formal release
7056candidate).
7057
7058@subsubheading Freeze the branch
7059
7060Send out an e-mail notifying everyone that the branch is frozen to
87f9adc1 7061@email{gdb-patches@@sourceware.org}.
0816590b
AC
7062
7063@subsubheading Establish a few defaults.
8973da3a 7064
474c8240 7065@smallexample
0816590b
AC
7066$ b=gdb_5_2-branch
7067$ v=5.2
8642bc8f
AC
7068$ t=/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp
7069$ echo $t/$b/$v
0816590b 7070/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp/gdb_5_2-branch/5.2
8642bc8f
AC
7071$ mkdir -p $t/$b/$v
7072$ cd $t/$b/$v
7073$ pwd
0816590b 7074/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp/gdb_5_2-branch/5.2
8973da3a
AC
7075$ which autoconf
7076/home/gdbadmin/bin/autoconf
8642bc8f 7077$
474c8240 7078@end smallexample
8973da3a 7079
0816590b
AC
7080@noindent
7081Notes:
8973da3a 7082
0816590b
AC
7083@itemize @bullet
7084@item
7085Check the @code{autoconf} version carefully. You want to be using the
4a2b4636 7086version taken from the @file{binutils} snapshot directory, which can be
87f9adc1 7087found at @uref{ftp://sourceware.org/pub/binutils/}. It is very
0816590b
AC
7088unlikely that a system installed version of @code{autoconf} (e.g.,
7089@file{/usr/bin/autoconf}) is correct.
7090@end itemize
7091
7092@subsubheading Check out the relevant modules:
8973da3a 7093
474c8240 7094@smallexample
b247355e 7095$ for m in gdb insight
8642bc8f 7096do
8973da3a
AC
7097( mkdir -p $m && cd $m && cvs -q -f -d /cvs/src co -P -r $b $m )
7098done
8642bc8f 7099$
474c8240 7100@end smallexample
8973da3a 7101
0816590b
AC
7102@noindent
7103Note:
8642bc8f 7104
0816590b
AC
7105@itemize @bullet
7106@item
7107The reading of @file{.cvsrc} is disabled (@file{-f}) so that there isn't
7108any confusion between what is written here and what your local
7109@code{cvs} really does.
7110@end itemize
7111
7112@subsubheading Update relevant files.
8973da3a 7113
0816590b
AC
7114@table @file
7115
7116@item gdb/NEWS
8642bc8f
AC
7117
7118Major releases get their comments added as part of the mainline. Minor
7119releases should probably mention any significant bugs that were fixed.
7120
0816590b 7121Don't forget to include the @file{ChangeLog} entry.
8973da3a 7122
474c8240 7123@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
7124$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/NEWS
7125...
7126c-x 4 a
7127...
7128c-x c-s c-x c-c
7129$ cp gdb/src/gdb/NEWS insight/src/gdb/NEWS
7130$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 7131@end smallexample
8973da3a 7132
0816590b
AC
7133@item gdb/README
7134
7135You'll need to update:
8973da3a 7136
0816590b
AC
7137@itemize @bullet
7138@item
b247355e 7139The version.
0816590b 7140@item
b247355e 7141The update date.
0816590b 7142@item
b247355e 7143Who did it.
0816590b 7144@end itemize
8973da3a 7145
474c8240 7146@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
7147$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/README
7148...
8973da3a 7149c-x 4 a
8642bc8f 7150...
8973da3a 7151c-x c-s c-x c-c
8642bc8f
AC
7152$ cp gdb/src/gdb/README insight/src/gdb/README
7153$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 7154@end smallexample
8973da3a 7155
0816590b
AC
7156@emph{Maintainer note: Hopefully the @file{README} file was reviewed
7157before the initial branch was cut so just a simple substitute is needed
7158to get it updated.}
8973da3a 7159
8642bc8f
AC
7160@emph{Maintainer note: Other projects generate @file{README} and
7161@file{INSTALL} from the core documentation. This might be worth
7162pursuing.}
8973da3a 7163
0816590b 7164@item gdb/version.in
8973da3a 7165
474c8240 7166@smallexample
8642bc8f 7167$ echo $v > gdb/src/gdb/version.in
0816590b
AC
7168$ cat gdb/src/gdb/version.in
71695.2
8642bc8f 7170$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/version.in
8973da3a
AC
7171...
7172c-x 4 a
0816590b 7173... Bump to version ...
8973da3a 7174c-x c-s c-x c-c
8642bc8f
AC
7175$ cp gdb/src/gdb/version.in insight/src/gdb/version.in
7176$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 7177@end smallexample
8973da3a 7178
0816590b
AC
7179@end table
7180
7181@subsubheading Do the dirty work
7182
7183This is identical to the process used to create the daily snapshot.
8973da3a 7184
4ce8657e
MC
7185@smallexample
7186$ for m in gdb insight
7187do
7188( cd $m/src && gmake -f src-release $m.tar )
7189done
4ce8657e
MC
7190@end smallexample
7191
7192If the top level source directory does not have @file{src-release}
7193(@value{GDBN} version 5.3.1 or earlier), try these commands instead:
7194
474c8240 7195@smallexample
0816590b 7196$ for m in gdb insight
8642bc8f 7197do
0816590b 7198( cd $m/src && gmake -f Makefile.in $m.tar )
8973da3a 7199done
474c8240 7200@end smallexample
8973da3a 7201
0816590b 7202@subsubheading Check the source files
8642bc8f 7203
0816590b 7204You're looking for files that have mysteriously disappeared.
8642bc8f
AC
7205@kbd{distclean} has the habit of deleting files it shouldn't. Watch out
7206for the @file{version.in} update @kbd{cronjob}.
8973da3a 7207
474c8240 7208@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
7209$ ( cd gdb/src && cvs -f -q -n update )
7210M djunpack.bat
0816590b 7211? gdb-5.1.91.tar
8642bc8f 7212? proto-toplev
0816590b 7213@dots{} lots of generated files @dots{}
8642bc8f
AC
7214M gdb/ChangeLog
7215M gdb/NEWS
7216M gdb/README
7217M gdb/version.in
0816590b 7218@dots{} lots of generated files @dots{}
8642bc8f 7219$
474c8240 7220@end smallexample
8973da3a 7221
0816590b 7222@noindent
8642bc8f
AC
7223@emph{Don't worry about the @file{gdb.info-??} or
7224@file{gdb/p-exp.tab.c}. They were generated (and yes @file{gdb.info-1}
7225was also generated only something strange with CVS means that they
d3e8051b 7226didn't get suppressed). Fixing it would be nice though.}
8973da3a 7227
0816590b 7228@subsubheading Create compressed versions of the release
8973da3a 7229
474c8240 7230@smallexample
0816590b
AC
7231$ cp */src/*.tar .
7232$ cp */src/*.bz2 .
7233$ ls -F
b247355e 7234gdb/ gdb-5.2.tar insight/ insight-5.2.tar
0816590b
AC
7235$ for m in gdb insight
7236do
7237bzip2 -v -9 -c $m-$v.tar > $m-$v.tar.bz2
7238gzip -v -9 -c $m-$v.tar > $m-$v.tar.gz
7239done
7240$
474c8240 7241@end smallexample
8973da3a 7242
0816590b
AC
7243@noindent
7244Note:
7245
7246@itemize @bullet
7247@item
7248A pipe such as @kbd{bunzip2 < xxx.bz2 | gzip -9 > xxx.gz} is not since,
7249in that mode, @code{gzip} does not know the name of the file and, hence,
7250can not include it in the compressed file. This is also why the release
7251process runs @code{tar} and @code{bzip2} as separate passes.
7252@end itemize
7253
7254@subsection Sanity check the tar ball
8973da3a 7255
0816590b 7256Pick a popular machine (Solaris/PPC?) and try the build on that.
8973da3a 7257
0816590b
AC
7258@smallexample
7259$ bunzip2 < gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 | tar xpf -
7260$ cd gdb-5.2
7261$ ./configure
7262$ make
7263@dots{}
7264$ ./gdb/gdb ./gdb/gdb
7265GNU gdb 5.2
7266@dots{}
7267(gdb) b main
7268Breakpoint 1 at 0x80732bc: file main.c, line 734.
7269(gdb) run
7270Starting program: /tmp/gdb-5.2/gdb/gdb
7271
7272Breakpoint 1, main (argc=1, argv=0xbffff8b4) at main.c:734
7273734 catch_errors (captured_main, &args, "", RETURN_MASK_ALL);
7274(gdb) print args
7275$1 = @{argc = 136426532, argv = 0x821b7f0@}
7276(gdb)
7277@end smallexample
8973da3a 7278
0816590b 7279@subsection Make a release candidate available
8973da3a 7280
0816590b 7281If this is a release candidate then the only remaining steps are:
8642bc8f 7282
0816590b
AC
7283@enumerate
7284@item
7285Commit @file{version.in} and @file{ChangeLog}
7286@item
7287Tweak @file{version.in} (and @file{ChangeLog} to read
7288@var{L}.@var{M}.@var{N}-0000-00-00-cvs so that the version update
7289process can restart.
7290@item
7291Make the release candidate available in
87f9adc1 7292@uref{ftp://sourceware.org/pub/gdb/snapshots/branch}
0816590b 7293@item
87f9adc1
PM
7294Notify the relevant mailing lists ( @email{gdb@@sourceware.org} and
7295@email{gdb-testers@@sourceware.org} that the candidate is available.
0816590b 7296@end enumerate
8642bc8f 7297
0816590b 7298@subsection Make a formal release available
8642bc8f 7299
0816590b 7300(And you thought all that was required was to post an e-mail.)
8642bc8f 7301
0816590b 7302@subsubheading Install on sware
8642bc8f 7303
0816590b 7304Copy the new files to both the release and the old release directory:
8642bc8f 7305
474c8240 7306@smallexample
0816590b 7307$ cp *.bz2 *.gz ~ftp/pub/gdb/old-releases/
8642bc8f 7308$ cp *.bz2 *.gz ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases
474c8240 7309@end smallexample
8642bc8f 7310
0816590b
AC
7311@noindent
7312Clean up the releases directory so that only the most recent releases
587afa38 7313are available (e.g.@: keep 5.2 and 5.2.1 but remove 5.1):
0816590b
AC
7314
7315@smallexample
7316$ cd ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases
7317$ rm @dots{}
7318@end smallexample
7319
7320@noindent
7321Update the file @file{README} and @file{.message} in the releases
7322directory:
7323
7324@smallexample
7325$ vi README
7326@dots{}
7327$ rm -f .message
7328$ ln README .message
7329@end smallexample
8642bc8f 7330
0816590b 7331@subsubheading Update the web pages.
8973da3a 7332
0816590b
AC
7333@table @file
7334
7335@item htdocs/download/ANNOUNCEMENT
7336This file, which is posted as the official announcement, includes:
8973da3a
AC
7337@itemize @bullet
7338@item
b247355e 7339General announcement.
8642bc8f 7340@item
0816590b
AC
7341News. If making an @var{M}.@var{N}.1 release, retain the news from
7342earlier @var{M}.@var{N} release.
8973da3a 7343@item
b247355e 7344Errata.
0816590b
AC
7345@end itemize
7346
7347@item htdocs/index.html
7348@itemx htdocs/news/index.html
7349@itemx htdocs/download/index.html
7350These files include:
7351@itemize @bullet
8642bc8f 7352@item
b247355e 7353Announcement of the most recent release.
8642bc8f 7354@item
b247355e 7355News entry (remember to update both the top level and the news directory).
8973da3a 7356@end itemize
0816590b 7357These pages also need to be regenerate using @code{index.sh}.
8973da3a 7358
0816590b 7359@item download/onlinedocs/
8642bc8f
AC
7360You need to find the magic command that is used to generate the online
7361docs from the @file{.tar.bz2}. The best way is to look in the output
0816590b 7362from one of the nightly @code{cron} jobs and then just edit accordingly.
8642bc8f
AC
7363Something like:
7364
474c8240 7365@smallexample
8642bc8f 7366$ ~/ss/update-web-docs \
0816590b 7367 ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases/gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 \
8642bc8f 7368 $PWD/www \
0816590b 7369 /www/sourceware/htdocs/gdb/download/onlinedocs \
8642bc8f 7370 gdb
474c8240 7371@end smallexample
8642bc8f 7372
0816590b
AC
7373@item download/ari/
7374Just like the online documentation. Something like:
8642bc8f 7375
0816590b
AC
7376@smallexample
7377$ /bin/sh ~/ss/update-web-ari \
7378 ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases/gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 \
7379 $PWD/www \
7380 /www/sourceware/htdocs/gdb/download/ari \
7381 gdb
7382@end smallexample
7383
7384@end table
7385
7386@subsubheading Shadow the pages onto gnu
7387
7388Something goes here.
7389
7390
7391@subsubheading Install the @value{GDBN} tar ball on GNU
7392
7393At the time of writing, the GNU machine was @kbd{gnudist.gnu.org} in
7394@file{~ftp/gnu/gdb}.
7395
7396@subsubheading Make the @file{ANNOUNCEMENT}
7397
7398Post the @file{ANNOUNCEMENT} file you created above to:
8642bc8f
AC
7399
7400@itemize @bullet
7401@item
87f9adc1 7402@email{gdb-announce@@sourceware.org, GDB Announcement mailing list}
8642bc8f 7403@item
0816590b
AC
7404@email{info-gnu@@gnu.org, General GNU Announcement list} (but delay it a
7405day or so to let things get out)
7406@item
7407@email{bug-gdb@@gnu.org, GDB Bug Report mailing list}
8642bc8f
AC
7408@end itemize
7409
0816590b 7410@subsection Cleanup
8642bc8f 7411
0816590b 7412The release is out but you're still not finished.
8642bc8f 7413
0816590b 7414@subsubheading Commit outstanding changes
8642bc8f 7415
0816590b 7416In particular you'll need to commit any changes to:
8642bc8f
AC
7417
7418@itemize @bullet
7419@item
7420@file{gdb/ChangeLog}
7421@item
7422@file{gdb/version.in}
7423@item
7424@file{gdb/NEWS}
7425@item
7426@file{gdb/README}
7427@end itemize
7428
0816590b 7429@subsubheading Tag the release
8642bc8f
AC
7430
7431Something like:
7432
474c8240 7433@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
7434$ d=`date -u +%Y-%m-%d`
7435$ echo $d
74362002-01-24
7437$ ( cd insight/src/gdb && cvs -f -q update )
0816590b 7438$ ( cd insight/src && cvs -f -q tag gdb_5_2-$d-release )
474c8240 7439@end smallexample
8642bc8f 7440
0816590b 7441Insight is used since that contains more of the release than
b247355e 7442@value{GDBN}.
0816590b
AC
7443
7444@subsubheading Mention the release on the trunk
8642bc8f 7445
0816590b
AC
7446Just put something in the @file{ChangeLog} so that the trunk also
7447indicates when the release was made.
7448
7449@subsubheading Restart @file{gdb/version.in}
8642bc8f
AC
7450
7451If @file{gdb/version.in} does not contain an ISO date such as
7452@kbd{2002-01-24} then the daily @code{cronjob} won't update it. Having
7453committed all the release changes it can be set to
0816590b 7454@file{5.2.0_0000-00-00-cvs} which will restart things (yes the @kbd{_}
8642bc8f
AC
7455is important - it affects the snapshot process).
7456
7457Don't forget the @file{ChangeLog}.
7458
0816590b 7459@subsubheading Merge into trunk
8973da3a 7460
8642bc8f
AC
7461The files committed to the branch may also need changes merged into the
7462trunk.
8973da3a 7463
0816590b
AC
7464@subsubheading Revise the release schedule
7465
87f9adc1 7466Post a revised release schedule to @email{gdb@@sourceware.org, GDB
0816590b
AC
7467Discussion List} with an updated announcement. The schedule can be
7468generated by running:
7469
7470@smallexample
7471$ ~/ss/schedule `date +%s` schedule
7472@end smallexample
7473
7474@noindent
7475The first parameter is approximate date/time in seconds (from the epoch)
7476of the most recent release.
7477
7478Also update the schedule @code{cronjob}.
7479
8642bc8f 7480@section Post release
8973da3a 7481
8642bc8f 7482Remove any @code{OBSOLETE} code.
8973da3a 7483
085dd6e6
JM
7484@node Testsuite
7485
7486@chapter Testsuite
56caf160 7487@cindex test suite
085dd6e6 7488
56caf160
EZ
7489The testsuite is an important component of the @value{GDBN} package.
7490While it is always worthwhile to encourage user testing, in practice
7491this is rarely sufficient; users typically use only a small subset of
7492the available commands, and it has proven all too common for a change
7493to cause a significant regression that went unnoticed for some time.
085dd6e6 7494
b247355e
NR
7495The @value{GDBN} testsuite uses the DejaGNU testing framework. The
7496tests themselves are calls to various @code{Tcl} procs; the framework
7497runs all the procs and summarizes the passes and fails.
085dd6e6
JM
7498
7499@section Using the Testsuite
7500
56caf160 7501@cindex running the test suite
25822942 7502To run the testsuite, simply go to the @value{GDBN} object directory (or to the
085dd6e6
JM
7503testsuite's objdir) and type @code{make check}. This just sets up some
7504environment variables and invokes DejaGNU's @code{runtest} script. While
7505the testsuite is running, you'll get mentions of which test file is in use,
7506and a mention of any unexpected passes or fails. When the testsuite is
7507finished, you'll get a summary that looks like this:
56caf160 7508
474c8240 7509@smallexample
085dd6e6
JM
7510 === gdb Summary ===
7511
7512# of expected passes 6016
7513# of unexpected failures 58
7514# of unexpected successes 5
7515# of expected failures 183
7516# of unresolved testcases 3
7517# of untested testcases 5
474c8240 7518@end smallexample
56caf160 7519
a9f158ec
JB
7520To run a specific test script, type:
7521@example
7522make check RUNTESTFLAGS='@var{tests}'
7523@end example
7524where @var{tests} is a list of test script file names, separated by
7525spaces.
7526
085dd6e6
JM
7527The ideal test run consists of expected passes only; however, reality
7528conspires to keep us from this ideal. Unexpected failures indicate
56caf160
EZ
7529real problems, whether in @value{GDBN} or in the testsuite. Expected
7530failures are still failures, but ones which have been decided are too
7531hard to deal with at the time; for instance, a test case might work
7532everywhere except on AIX, and there is no prospect of the AIX case
7533being fixed in the near future. Expected failures should not be added
7534lightly, since you may be masking serious bugs in @value{GDBN}.
7535Unexpected successes are expected fails that are passing for some
7536reason, while unresolved and untested cases often indicate some minor
7537catastrophe, such as the compiler being unable to deal with a test
7538program.
7539
7540When making any significant change to @value{GDBN}, you should run the
7541testsuite before and after the change, to confirm that there are no
7542regressions. Note that truly complete testing would require that you
7543run the testsuite with all supported configurations and a variety of
7544compilers; however this is more than really necessary. In many cases
7545testing with a single configuration is sufficient. Other useful
7546options are to test one big-endian (Sparc) and one little-endian (x86)
7547host, a cross config with a builtin simulator (powerpc-eabi,
7548mips-elf), or a 64-bit host (Alpha).
7549
7550If you add new functionality to @value{GDBN}, please consider adding
7551tests for it as well; this way future @value{GDBN} hackers can detect
7552and fix their changes that break the functionality you added.
7553Similarly, if you fix a bug that was not previously reported as a test
7554failure, please add a test case for it. Some cases are extremely
7555difficult to test, such as code that handles host OS failures or bugs
7556in particular versions of compilers, and it's OK not to try to write
7557tests for all of those.
085dd6e6 7558
e7dc800a
MC
7559DejaGNU supports separate build, host, and target machines. However,
7560some @value{GDBN} test scripts do not work if the build machine and
7561the host machine are not the same. In such an environment, these scripts
7562will give a result of ``UNRESOLVED'', like this:
7563
7564@smallexample
7565UNRESOLVED: gdb.base/example.exp: This test script does not work on a remote host.
7566@end smallexample
7567
085dd6e6
JM
7568@section Testsuite Organization
7569
56caf160 7570@cindex test suite organization
085dd6e6
JM
7571The testsuite is entirely contained in @file{gdb/testsuite}. While the
7572testsuite includes some makefiles and configury, these are very minimal,
7573and used for little besides cleaning up, since the tests themselves
25822942 7574handle the compilation of the programs that @value{GDBN} will run. The file
085dd6e6 7575@file{testsuite/lib/gdb.exp} contains common utility procs useful for
25822942 7576all @value{GDBN} tests, while the directory @file{testsuite/config} contains
085dd6e6
JM
7577configuration-specific files, typically used for special-purpose
7578definitions of procs like @code{gdb_load} and @code{gdb_start}.
7579
7580The tests themselves are to be found in @file{testsuite/gdb.*} and
7581subdirectories of those. The names of the test files must always end
7582with @file{.exp}. DejaGNU collects the test files by wildcarding
7583in the test directories, so both subdirectories and individual files
7584get chosen and run in alphabetical order.
7585
7586The following table lists the main types of subdirectories and what they
7587are for. Since DejaGNU finds test files no matter where they are
7588located, and since each test file sets up its own compilation and
7589execution environment, this organization is simply for convenience and
7590intelligibility.
7591
56caf160 7592@table @file
085dd6e6 7593@item gdb.base
085dd6e6 7594This is the base testsuite. The tests in it should apply to all
25822942 7595configurations of @value{GDBN} (but generic native-only tests may live here).
085dd6e6 7596The test programs should be in the subset of C that is valid K&R,
49efadf5 7597ANSI/ISO, and C@t{++} (@code{#ifdef}s are allowed if necessary, for instance
085dd6e6
JM
7598for prototypes).
7599
7600@item gdb.@var{lang}
56caf160 7601Language-specific tests for any language @var{lang} besides C. Examples are
af6cf26d 7602@file{gdb.cp} and @file{gdb.java}.
085dd6e6
JM
7603
7604@item gdb.@var{platform}
085dd6e6
JM
7605Non-portable tests. The tests are specific to a specific configuration
7606(host or target), such as HP-UX or eCos. Example is @file{gdb.hp}, for
7607HP-UX.
7608
7609@item gdb.@var{compiler}
085dd6e6
JM
7610Tests specific to a particular compiler. As of this writing (June
76111999), there aren't currently any groups of tests in this category that
7612couldn't just as sensibly be made platform-specific, but one could
56caf160
EZ
7613imagine a @file{gdb.gcc}, for tests of @value{GDBN}'s handling of GCC
7614extensions.
085dd6e6
JM
7615
7616@item gdb.@var{subsystem}
25822942 7617Tests that exercise a specific @value{GDBN} subsystem in more depth. For
085dd6e6
JM
7618instance, @file{gdb.disasm} exercises various disassemblers, while
7619@file{gdb.stabs} tests pathways through the stabs symbol reader.
085dd6e6
JM
7620@end table
7621
7622@section Writing Tests
56caf160 7623@cindex writing tests
085dd6e6 7624
25822942 7625In many areas, the @value{GDBN} tests are already quite comprehensive; you
085dd6e6
JM
7626should be able to copy existing tests to handle new cases.
7627
7628You should try to use @code{gdb_test} whenever possible, since it
7629includes cases to handle all the unexpected errors that might happen.
7630However, it doesn't cost anything to add new test procedures; for
7631instance, @file{gdb.base/exprs.exp} defines a @code{test_expr} that
7632calls @code{gdb_test} multiple times.
7633
7634Only use @code{send_gdb} and @code{gdb_expect} when absolutely
8a3dae3e
DJ
7635necessary. Even if @value{GDBN} has several valid responses to
7636a command, you can use @code{gdb_test_multiple}. Like @code{gdb_test},
7637@code{gdb_test_multiple} recognizes internal errors and unexpected
7638prompts.
7639
7640Do not write tests which expect a literal tab character from @value{GDBN}.
7641On some operating systems (e.g.@: OpenBSD) the TTY layer expands tabs to
7642spaces, so by the time @value{GDBN}'s output reaches expect the tab is gone.
085dd6e6
JM
7643
7644The source language programs do @emph{not} need to be in a consistent
25822942 7645style. Since @value{GDBN} is used to debug programs written in many different
085dd6e6 7646styles, it's worth having a mix of styles in the testsuite; for
25822942 7647instance, some @value{GDBN} bugs involving the display of source lines would
085dd6e6
JM
7648never manifest themselves if the programs used GNU coding style
7649uniformly.
7650
c906108c
SS
7651@node Hints
7652
7653@chapter Hints
7654
7655Check the @file{README} file, it often has useful information that does not
7656appear anywhere else in the directory.
7657
7658@menu
25822942 7659* Getting Started:: Getting started working on @value{GDBN}
33e16fad 7660* Debugging GDB:: Debugging @value{GDBN} with itself
c906108c
SS
7661@end menu
7662
7663@node Getting Started,,, Hints
7664
7665@section Getting Started
7666
25822942 7667@value{GDBN} is a large and complicated program, and if you first starting to
c906108c
SS
7668work on it, it can be hard to know where to start. Fortunately, if you
7669know how to go about it, there are ways to figure out what is going on.
7670
25822942
DB
7671This manual, the @value{GDBN} Internals manual, has information which applies
7672generally to many parts of @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
7673
7674Information about particular functions or data structures are located in
7675comments with those functions or data structures. If you run across a
7676function or a global variable which does not have a comment correctly
25822942 7677explaining what is does, this can be thought of as a bug in @value{GDBN}; feel
c906108c
SS
7678free to submit a bug report, with a suggested comment if you can figure
7679out what the comment should say. If you find a comment which is
7680actually wrong, be especially sure to report that.
7681
7682Comments explaining the function of macros defined in host, target, or
7683native dependent files can be in several places. Sometimes they are
7684repeated every place the macro is defined. Sometimes they are where the
7685macro is used. Sometimes there is a header file which supplies a
7686default definition of the macro, and the comment is there. This manual
7687also documents all the available macros.
7688@c (@pxref{Host Conditionals}, @pxref{Target
7689@c Conditionals}, @pxref{Native Conditionals}, and @pxref{Obsolete
7690@c Conditionals})
7691
56caf160
EZ
7692Start with the header files. Once you have some idea of how
7693@value{GDBN}'s internal symbol tables are stored (see @file{symtab.h},
7694@file{gdbtypes.h}), you will find it much easier to understand the
7695code which uses and creates those symbol tables.
c906108c
SS
7696
7697You may wish to process the information you are getting somehow, to
7698enhance your understanding of it. Summarize it, translate it to another
25822942 7699language, add some (perhaps trivial or non-useful) feature to @value{GDBN}, use
c906108c
SS
7700the code to predict what a test case would do and write the test case
7701and verify your prediction, etc. If you are reading code and your eyes
7702are starting to glaze over, this is a sign you need to use a more active
7703approach.
7704
25822942 7705Once you have a part of @value{GDBN} to start with, you can find more
c906108c
SS
7706specifically the part you are looking for by stepping through each
7707function with the @code{next} command. Do not use @code{step} or you
7708will quickly get distracted; when the function you are stepping through
7709calls another function try only to get a big-picture understanding
7710(perhaps using the comment at the beginning of the function being
7711called) of what it does. This way you can identify which of the
7712functions being called by the function you are stepping through is the
7713one which you are interested in. You may need to examine the data
7714structures generated at each stage, with reference to the comments in
7715the header files explaining what the data structures are supposed to
7716look like.
7717
7718Of course, this same technique can be used if you are just reading the
7719code, rather than actually stepping through it. The same general
7720principle applies---when the code you are looking at calls something
7721else, just try to understand generally what the code being called does,
7722rather than worrying about all its details.
7723
56caf160
EZ
7724@cindex command implementation
7725A good place to start when tracking down some particular area is with
7726a command which invokes that feature. Suppose you want to know how
7727single-stepping works. As a @value{GDBN} user, you know that the
7728@code{step} command invokes single-stepping. The command is invoked
7729via command tables (see @file{command.h}); by convention the function
7730which actually performs the command is formed by taking the name of
7731the command and adding @samp{_command}, or in the case of an
7732@code{info} subcommand, @samp{_info}. For example, the @code{step}
7733command invokes the @code{step_command} function and the @code{info
7734display} command invokes @code{display_info}. When this convention is
7735not followed, you might have to use @code{grep} or @kbd{M-x
7736tags-search} in emacs, or run @value{GDBN} on itself and set a
7737breakpoint in @code{execute_command}.
7738
7739@cindex @code{bug-gdb} mailing list
c906108c
SS
7740If all of the above fail, it may be appropriate to ask for information
7741on @code{bug-gdb}. But @emph{never} post a generic question like ``I was
7742wondering if anyone could give me some tips about understanding
25822942 7743@value{GDBN}''---if we had some magic secret we would put it in this manual.
c906108c
SS
7744Suggestions for improving the manual are always welcome, of course.
7745
33e16fad 7746@node Debugging GDB,,,Hints
c906108c 7747
25822942 7748@section Debugging @value{GDBN} with itself
56caf160 7749@cindex debugging @value{GDBN}
c906108c 7750
25822942 7751If @value{GDBN} is limping on your machine, this is the preferred way to get it
c906108c
SS
7752fully functional. Be warned that in some ancient Unix systems, like
7753Ultrix 4.2, a program can't be running in one process while it is being
56caf160 7754debugged in another. Rather than typing the command @kbd{@w{./gdb
c906108c 7755./gdb}}, which works on Suns and such, you can copy @file{gdb} to
56caf160 7756@file{gdb2} and then type @kbd{@w{./gdb ./gdb2}}.
c906108c 7757
25822942 7758When you run @value{GDBN} in the @value{GDBN} source directory, it will read a
c906108c
SS
7759@file{.gdbinit} file that sets up some simple things to make debugging
7760gdb easier. The @code{info} command, when executed without a subcommand
25822942 7761in a @value{GDBN} being debugged by gdb, will pop you back up to the top level
c906108c
SS
7762gdb. See @file{.gdbinit} for details.
7763
7764If you use emacs, you will probably want to do a @code{make TAGS} after
7765you configure your distribution; this will put the machine dependent
7766routines for your local machine where they will be accessed first by
7767@kbd{M-.}
7768
25822942 7769Also, make sure that you've either compiled @value{GDBN} with your local cc, or
c906108c
SS
7770have run @code{fixincludes} if you are compiling with gcc.
7771
7772@section Submitting Patches
7773
56caf160 7774@cindex submitting patches
c906108c 7775Thanks for thinking of offering your changes back to the community of
25822942 7776@value{GDBN} users. In general we like to get well designed enhancements.
c906108c
SS
7777Thanks also for checking in advance about the best way to transfer the
7778changes.
7779
25822942
DB
7780The @value{GDBN} maintainers will only install ``cleanly designed'' patches.
7781This manual summarizes what we believe to be clean design for @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
7782
7783If the maintainers don't have time to put the patch in when it arrives,
7784or if there is any question about a patch, it goes into a large queue
7785with everyone else's patches and bug reports.
7786
56caf160 7787@cindex legal papers for code contributions
c906108c
SS
7788The legal issue is that to incorporate substantial changes requires a
7789copyright assignment from you and/or your employer, granting ownership
7790of the changes to the Free Software Foundation. You can get the
9e0b60a8
JM
7791standard documents for doing this by sending mail to @code{gnu@@gnu.org}
7792and asking for it. We recommend that people write in "All programs
7793owned by the Free Software Foundation" as "NAME OF PROGRAM", so that
56caf160
EZ
7794changes in many programs (not just @value{GDBN}, but GAS, Emacs, GCC,
7795etc) can be
9e0b60a8 7796contributed with only one piece of legalese pushed through the
be9c6c35 7797bureaucracy and filed with the FSF. We can't start merging changes until
9e0b60a8
JM
7798this paperwork is received by the FSF (their rules, which we follow
7799since we maintain it for them).
c906108c
SS
7800
7801Technically, the easiest way to receive changes is to receive each
56caf160
EZ
7802feature as a small context diff or unidiff, suitable for @code{patch}.
7803Each message sent to me should include the changes to C code and
7804header files for a single feature, plus @file{ChangeLog} entries for
7805each directory where files were modified, and diffs for any changes
7806needed to the manuals (@file{gdb/doc/gdb.texinfo} or
7807@file{gdb/doc/gdbint.texinfo}). If there are a lot of changes for a
7808single feature, they can be split down into multiple messages.
9e0b60a8
JM
7809
7810In this way, if we read and like the feature, we can add it to the
c906108c 7811sources with a single patch command, do some testing, and check it in.
56caf160
EZ
7812If you leave out the @file{ChangeLog}, we have to write one. If you leave
7813out the doc, we have to puzzle out what needs documenting. Etc., etc.
c906108c 7814
9e0b60a8
JM
7815The reason to send each change in a separate message is that we will not
7816install some of the changes. They'll be returned to you with questions
7817or comments. If we're doing our job correctly, the message back to you
c906108c 7818will say what you have to fix in order to make the change acceptable.
9e0b60a8
JM
7819The reason to have separate messages for separate features is so that
7820the acceptable changes can be installed while one or more changes are
7821being reworked. If multiple features are sent in a single message, we
7822tend to not put in the effort to sort out the acceptable changes from
7823the unacceptable, so none of the features get installed until all are
7824acceptable.
7825
7826If this sounds painful or authoritarian, well, it is. But we get a lot
7827of bug reports and a lot of patches, and many of them don't get
7828installed because we don't have the time to finish the job that the bug
c906108c
SS
7829reporter or the contributor could have done. Patches that arrive
7830complete, working, and well designed, tend to get installed on the day
9e0b60a8
JM
7831they arrive. The others go into a queue and get installed as time
7832permits, which, since the maintainers have many demands to meet, may not
7833be for quite some time.
c906108c 7834
56caf160 7835Please send patches directly to
87f9adc1 7836@email{gdb-patches@@sourceware.org, the @value{GDBN} maintainers}.
c906108c 7837
36af4ef6
MD
7838@section Build Script
7839
7840@cindex build script
7841
7842The script @file{gdb_buildall.sh} builds @value{GDBN} with flag
7843@option{--enable-targets=all} set. This builds @value{GDBN} with all supported
7844targets activated. This helps testing @value{GDBN} when doing changes that
7845affect more than one architecture and is much faster than using
7846@file{gdb_mbuild.sh}.
7847
7848After building @value{GDBN} the script checks which architectures are
7849supported and then switches the current architecture to each of those to get
7850information about the architecture. The test results are stored in log files
7851in the directory the script was called from.
7852
bcd7e15f 7853@include observer.texi
2154891a 7854@raisesections
aab4e0ec 7855@include fdl.texi
2154891a 7856@lowersections
aab4e0ec 7857
56caf160
EZ
7858@node Index
7859@unnumbered Index
7860
7861@printindex cp
7862
c906108c 7863@bye
This page took 1.156948 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.